Safety Products: Fire Detection New Zealand Product Catalogue Issue 1

tyco
Safety
Products
www.tycosafetyproducts-anz.com
Fire Detection
New Zealand Product Catalogue
Issue 1
Tyco Safety Products is a division of Tyco New Zealand Limited C.N. 43665. Tyco Safety Products reserve the right to alter
specifications without notice, in line with Tyco Safety Products policy of continuing product improvement.
Copyright Tyco Safety Products 3 April 2009
Page ii
Fire Detection Product Catalogue
Introduction
Welcome to this New Zealand edition of the Tyco Safety Products Fire Detection Product Catalogue
We aim to make our product range as comprehensive as possible to ensure you never need go anywhere else. To meet this goal, our
product specialists, with your help, have selected the most appropriate, cost-effective fire detection product range all available for next
day delivery from our Distribution Centres. Only those products that meet the highest quality criteria have been included.
Our Auckland warehouse
is one of the largest
Fire & Security product
distribution centres in
New Zealand. Our goal is
to dispatch product on the
same day we receive your
order when it is received
before 12:00 midday.
We
recognise
that
your business is highly
dependent on excellence
in customer service and
to help achieve this we
offer extended warranty
on many of our product
lines (see page 92).
To enhance customer
specifications and quotations
we also provide a series
of product datasheets and
brochures which can give
our clients an opportunity to
read more about the product.
We are positive that together
we can help you grow
your business and we look
forward to working with you.
For further details regarding
this catalogue, please
telephone our
Customer Service Help Line
on +64 9 826 1716.
Tyco Safety Products Web Site (The Fireplace) contains a

wealth of product-related information. It is regularly updated
and features many aids to the selling process including
presentation material, independent product test results and
detailed technical information (Tyco employees only).
Our web site can be found at:
Vigilant MX4428
Fire Alarm System
The Vigilant MX4428 is an intelligent fire alarm system,
incorporating Tyco MX TECHNOLOGY to provide advanced,
analogue addressable fire detection. It features support for MX
VIRTUAL multi-sensor analogue addressable detectors, the
MX DIGITAL protocol for communications with analogue loop
devices, distributed responder loop architecture and powerful
programmability.
Features & Options
Programmable outputs for Warning

System, External Alarm (strobes & bells)
and Ancillary Control
MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor analogue

addressable detectors
SMARTSENSE and MX FASTLOGIC

(fuzzy logic) detection algorithms
Heat-enhanced photoelectric smoke

and CO fire detectors
Heat detectors programmable as rateof-rise or fixed temperature only
Also compatible with Multi- Protocol

Responder (MPR) and Series 130
detectors and modules
MPR supports Filtrex and high

sensitivity laser smoke detectors
Compatible with wide range of

collective detectors including
Intrinsically Safe types
Flow switch monitoring and remote

testing
AS 1668 air-handling smoke detection

and control
Powerful, field-programmable logic

equations and timers
Built-in clock/ calendar with automatic

daylight saving adjustment
Comprehensive test facilities

Automatic system self-tests
Automatic battery connection and
capacity tests
Integral charger (2.5A, 6A, 12A)

19 rack format cabinets
Complies with AS 4428.1 and

NZS 4512
LCD Firefighter Facility (FF) and

optional zone LEDs
LCD zone description text with optional

point text for each detector
Event logging to internal history file and

printer
Printer logging includes zone text and

optional point text
Remote repeater panels, colour

graphics displays
Tandem mode for remote control

panel access
High level EWIS, BMS interface

Multi-panel networking available
MX Detection Technology
addressable detectors utilise dual sensors
(photoelectric and heat, or CO and heat)
to allow the best detection mode for a
situation to be selected without having
to physically change detectors. Detection
modes may include:
Smoke/ CO detection only
Heat-enhanced smoke/ CO detection

only
Smoke/ CO plus heat detection
Heat-enhanced smoke/ CO plus heat

detection
Heat-only detection can be fixed

temperature, or also include rate-of-rise.
smoke and heat-only detectors are also

available.
SMARTSENSE or MX FASTLOGIC
detection algorithms can be programmed
for each detector to allow the detection
capabilities of the system to be further
optimised.
Up to 200 MX devices (detectors and
addressable input/ output modules)
may be connected to the MX detection
loop, which terminates at an MX Protocol
(MXP) responder.
The MX DIGITAL communications
protocol used on this loop is designed
to provide high reliability and fault
resistance, with operation possible over
many cable types. This often permits
system upgrades using existing cable.
The loop configuration ensures that
communications continues in the event
of a loop open circuit fault condition.
Short circuit isolator detector bases may
be fitted to divide the loop into segments,
so that a loop short circuit fault will only
affect devices in the same loop segment
as the fault. A wide variety of addressable
modules and detector bases enable
devices such as manual call points, clean
contact inputs and outputs, and collective
detector circuits to be connected to the
loop.
For specific applications, ionisation
Fire Alarm Systems
ua
Circuits
D
ls
r
aw
an
Fire Detection - ANZ Region
ts
in
gs
ac
Fire Detection and Evacuation Systems
r
P
FAQs Co
s
nt
TYCO EMPLOYEE USE ONLY
ntations
Tr
tin
ese
ai
ul
B
SPRING 2008
This CD Shall Not Be Reproduced. It may be copied
to a Tyco owned computer
le
The Fireplace CD
ni
Da
ta
she
ets Broc
hu
re
Tyco Safety Products have technical support

CDs available free of charge. The Fireplace
CD (part no TSP-CD6) is available through
Wormald Auckland (Engineering Services
Department). Use of the Fireplace CD is
available only to Tyco employees.
TSP-CD6
www.tycosafetyproductsanz.com
Page 1
Vigilant
Conventional
Fire Panels
Conventional
Detectors and
Accessories
14
Conventional
Manual Call Points
15
Vigilant
Addressable
Fire Paneels
Addressable
18 MX
Modules
Addressable
21 MX
Detectors
24 MX Detector Bases
26 Vigilant
Responders
28 IO-NET
Control System
Page 2
30
Series 130
Addressable
Detectors
32
Series 130
Addressable
Modules
33
Detector
Accessories and
Remote Indicators
Panel Spares
33 Fire
and Ancillaries
38
19in Rack
Cabinets and
Displays
40 Looms and Cables

Controls
43 AS1668
& Gas Controls
45
Vigilant Remote
Anunciators and
Monitoring
Systems
48 Graphics
50 Marine Fire Panels

VESDA Aspirating
70 Smoke Detectors
52 Warning Systems
& Special
74 Flame
Hazard Detection
53 and Spares
EWIS Ancillaries
Safe
76 Intrinsically
Detectors
System
59 Warning
Tone Generators
Safe
79 Intrinsically
Barriers
60 - Visual Devices
Warning Systems
80
Intrinsically Safe
MX Smoke &
Heat Detection
82
Beam Smoke
and Linear Heat
Detection
62 - Audio Devices
Warning Systems
Visual
65 Audio
Indicators
Test
86 Detector
Equipment
66 Power Supplies
Batteries and
Page 3
Table of Contents
1
4
5
8
12
13
14
15
18
21
23
24
25
26
28
30
32
33
33
38
40
43
45
48
50
51
52
53
59
60
62
65
66
70
74
76
79
80
82
86
88
89
90
92
92
93
94
98
Page 4
Introduction
Table of Contents
Conventional Fire Panels
Conventional Detectors and Accessories
VIGIL Conventional Heat Detector
Conventional Detector Selection Chart
Conventional Manual Call Points
Addressable Fire Panels
MX TECHNOLOGY Analogue Addressable Modules
MX TECHNOLOGY Analogue Addressable Detectors
MX Detector Selection Chart
MX Detector Bases
Tyco/Minerva Sounder Base Applications Table
MX4428 Addressable Responders
IO-NET Programmable Control System
Analogue Addressable 130 Series Detectors
Analogue Addressable 130 Series Modules
Detector Accessories & Remote Indicators
Fire Panel Spares & Ancillaries
19 inch Rack Cabinets and Displays
Looms and Cables
AS1668 Controls and Gas Controls
Vigilant Remote Annunciators and Monitoring Systems
Graphics
Conventional Marine Panels
Addressable Marine Panels and Equipment
Warning Systems
QE90 Ancillaries & Spares
Warning System Tone Generators
Warning System Ancillaries - Visual Devices
Warning System Ancillaries - Audio Devices
Audio Visual Indicators (AVI)
Batteries and Power Supplies
VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detectors
Flame and Special Hazard Detectors
Intrinsically Safe Detectors
Intrinsically Safe Barriers
Intrinsically Safe - MX Analogue Addressable
Beam Smoke and Linear Heat Detectors
Detector Test Equipment
Hazardous Area Classification
International Protection Ratings
Symbols
Goods Return Procedure
Warranty
QE90 Configuration Sheet
Index
Terms and Conditions
Conventional Fire Panels

ALPHA 4
SIGMA 5
The Vigilant ALPHA 4 fire alarm system is ideal for smaller buildings where a
brigade connection is not required. The control panel is compact and neat in
appearance, suitable for wall or window mounting in a wide variety of areas.
Microprocessor technology enables some of the advanced features usually
associated with larger, more elaborate fire alarm systems to be incorporated in
the control panel design. When used with high quality fire detectors, manual call
points and alerting devices, ALPHA 4 provides fire alarm systems that are both
reliable and easy to operate. They are also simple to install, test and maintain.
Four detection zone circuits
Compact metal cabinet
Wall or window mounting
Low power consumption
Internal battery and charger
Built-in fault sounder
Non-latching walk test mode
SIGMA 5 is a microprocessor based fire alarm system that is simple to operate

and easy to maintain. It is self contained, with integral power supply and battery
storage within a compact and unobtrusive cabinet. It provides reliable and
economical monitoring for up to five fire detection zones, which may include
smoke detectors, heat detectors, manual call points and other compatible
devices. SIGMA 5s flexibility and versatile input/ output programming allow it to
perform a wide range of fire alarm monitoring, control and signalling applications.
Five detection zone circuits
Compact design
Wide detector compatibility
Pushbutton circuit isolation
Field programmable
Alarms displayed on engravable index
Built-in sounder for local faults states
Automated self-test
Eleven Programmable ancillary outputs
ALPHA 4 complies with fire alarm standard NZS 4512: 2003 and the NZ
Building Code requirements for non-connected fire alarm systems.
ALPHA 4 fire alarm systems are the ideal choice for smaller buildings such as:
Motels
Boarding houses
Hostels
Town houses
Industrial Units
Warehouses
Churches
Community centres
Day-care centres
ALPHA 4 complies with NZS 4512:2003 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems in
Buildings
FPANZ listing number VF/102.
Specifications
Cabinet
Material
Mild steel, powdercoated cream, wrinkle finish
Dimensions 248 x 227 x 91 mm (HWD)
Part Numbers
FP0674
ALPHA 4 Four Circuit Fire Panel
PA1025
20W Mini-Gen Tone Generator, 12V
BA12070 Battery, 12V, 7Ah
Reliability is a major feature of SIGMA 5s design. All detector and alerting device
circuits, the battery connections and the power supply are fully supervised.
Detection circuits and the battery supply are automatically tested daily. A
supervisory watchdog monitors for correct operation of system software.
Alarms are clearly annunciated on the outside of the control panel by an indexed
array of LEDs, one for each alarm zone. A mimic diagram may be added if
required. Remote displays can be readily connected by 4-wire cable.
Keyswitches on the outside of the cabinet allow operation of the control panel
by the fire brigade or owner. The Silence Alarms switch is for the Fire Brigade
to use after evacuation and building search procedures. The Evacuation switch
activates fire alarm system sounders for evacuation drills. An optional Services
Restore switch may be fitted to allow building services that have been shut down
by a fire alarm to be restarted.
SIGMA 5 complies with NZS 4512:2003 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems in
Buildings and meets the NZ Fire Service requriements for connection to remote
receiving stations.
Specifications
Cabinet
Material
Mild steel, powdercoated cream, wrinkle finish
Part Numbers
FP0759
SIGMA 5 Fire Panel, Rear Service
FP0760
SIGMA 5 Fire Panel, Front Service
PA1025
20W Mini-Gen Tone Generator, 12V
PA0861
Gen.Purpose Brigade Relay Interface
PA0862
Gen Purpose SGD incl. switches
SW0117 Services Restore Keyswitch
PSH-12100 Battery, 12V 10.5Ah
Page 5

FP1600
The Vigilant FP1600 is a
microprocessor based fire alarm
system that is simple to operate and
easy to maintain. It is self contained,
with integral power supply and
battery storage within a compact and
unobtrusive cabinet. It provides reliable
and economical monitoring for 16 fire
detection zones (expandable to 96),
which may include smoke detectors,
heat detectors, manual call points and
other compatible devices. FP1600s
flexibility and versatile input/ output
programming allow it to perform a wide
range of fire alarm monitoring, control
and signalling applications.
Compact design
Wide detector compatibility
Residential circuits for non-latching
smoke warning and full call point/heat
detector alarm
Pushbutton circuit isolation
Field programmable (PC or pushbutton)
Alarms displayed on engravable
index(es)
Built-in sounder for local fault states
Up to 8 serial remote displays
Automated self-test
History log tracks alarms and transient
fault conditions
Up to 22 programmable ancillary outputs
per 16 zones
Page 6
Reliability is a major feature of FP1600s design. All

detector and alerting device circuits, earth faults,
the battery connections and the power supply are
fully supervised. Detection circuits and the battery
supply are automatically tested daily. A supervisory
watchdog monitors for correct operation of system
software.
Alarms are clearly annunciated on the outside of the
control panel by an indexed array of LEDs, one for
each alarm zone. A mimic diagram may be added if
required. Remote displays can be readily connected
by 4-wire cable.
Keyswitches on the outside of the cabinet allow
operation of the control panel by the fire brigade
or owner. The Silence Alarms switch is for the Fire
Brigade to use after evacuation and building search
procedures. The Evacuation switch activates fire
alarm system sounders for evacuation drills. The
Services Restore switch allows building services that
have been shut down by a fire alarm to be restarted.
The Vigilant FP1600 complies with NZS 4512:
2003 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems in
Buildings
Specifications
Cabinet
Material
Mild steel, powdercoated cream,
wrinkle finish
Part Numbers
PA0861
General purpose Brigade relay I/F
PA0862
General purpose SGD
FP0547
FP1600 Rear Service with 16 zone
Index incl. Master PCB set
FP0548
FP1600 Front Service with 16 zone
Index incl. Master PCB set
FP0552
Blank cabinet, no index
SP0424
R/S Empty Cab, incl. 16Z Index
SP0425
F/S Empty Cab, incl. 16Z Index
FP0896
Empty Cab, R/S, PSU, 16Z Index
FP0897
Empty Cab, F/S, PSU, 16Z Index
KT0216
Master PCB set (for zones 1 to 16). Incl
Master PCB (fits on F/S or R/S), LED
board, FRC Looms & repl. gear plate
KT0215
Slave Extender PCB set. Ignore PSU
for zones 17-32, 49-64, or 81-96.
Use PSU for zones 33-48, 65-80. Incl:
Slave PCB (fits on F/S or R/S), LED
board, FRC Looms
KT0131
Kit, Comms Extender for 2+ Slaves
Incl: PA0771 Comms Interface PCB,
FRCs: 1 x 250mm, 1 x 400mm, 2 x
1500mm, 4 x PCB Standoffs
KT0142
Kit, FP1600 MkII or MkIII, upgrade to
32 zones. Incl: Repl. master software
(for MkII systems), LM0074, Slave
extender PCB set (fits R/S or F/S),
labels, instructions, Does not include
cabinet.
KT0438
= KT0142 + SP0424. Adds 16 zones
to MkII or MkIII Rear Service FP1600
KT0439
= KT0142 + SP0425. Adds 16 zones
to MkII or MkIII Front Service FP1600
LM0073
FRC Loom, 20 Way, 1500mm
LM0074
Loom Master - First Slave
BA12070 Battery, 12V 7Ah
SU0159
10A Thermal Cutout (one required per
battery where multiple batteries are
wired in parallel).
Note: Omega 64 is the historical
designation of FP1600 in expanded
32-96 zone configuration. Larger
format cabinets (32 zone) are no
longer available, however, limited
spares are.
FA1371
Fabrication, OMEGA 64, R/S Index
(Master 32 zone) (spares only)
FA1372
Fabrication, OMEGA 64, F/S Index
(Master 32 zone) (spares only)
FA1379
Fabrication, OMEGA 64, R/S Index
(Extender 16 zone) (spares only)
FA1380
Fabrication, OMEGA 64, F/S Index
(Extender 16 zone) (spares only)
SF0217
Software, OMEGA 64, Master V3.01,
OTPROM (MkII only)
SF0218
Software, OMEGA 64, Slave V3.01
OTPROM (MkII only)
LB0589
Label, OMEGA 64 Diagnostics/
Operation
LB0537
Label, OMEGA 64 Zone Numbering
PA0702
FP1600 Mimic Termination Board
LM0052
Loom, FP1600 Remote Mimic
FA1210
FP1600 F/S Display Mounting Bracket

FP1600 ordering details for various typical configurations and systems up to 96 zones are as follows:-
Rear Service Systems

16 Zone Rear Service
FP0547
Master FP1600 R/S with 16 zone index
Front Service Systems

16 Zone Front Service
FP0548
Master FP1600 F/S with 16 zone index
32 Zone Rear Service (2 Cabinets)

FP0547
Master FP1600, R/S with 16 zone index
KT0438
Upgrade Kit, R/S, 32 zone, includes cabinet
32 Zone Front Service (2 Cabinets)

FP0548
Master FP1600, F/S with 16 zone index
KT0439
Upgrade Kit, F/S, 32 zone, includes cabinet

FP0547
Master FP1600 R/S with 16 zone index
2x KT0215 Slave PCB set
KT0131
SP0424
Empty Cabinet, R/S, 16 zone index
FP0896
Empty Cabinet, R/S, PSU, 16 zone index

FP0548
Master FP1600 F/S with 16 zone index
2x KT0215 Slave PCB set
KT0131
SP0425
Empty Cabinet, F/S, 16 zone index
FP0897
Empty Cabinet, F/S, PSU, 16 zone index

FP0547
3x KT0215 Slave PCB Set
KT0131
2x SP0424 Empty Cabinet, R/S, 16 zone index
FP0896
Empty Cabinet, R/S, PSU 16 zone index

FP0548
1 x KT0131 Kit, Comms Extender for 2+ Slaves
2x SP0425 Empty Cabinet, F/S, 16 zone index
FP0897
Empty Cabinet, F/S, PSU, 16 zone index

FP0547
KT0131
LM0073
FRC Loom, 20 way, 1500mm
2x SP0424 Empty Cabinet, R/S, 16 zone index
2x FP0896 Empty Cabinet, R/S, PSU, 16 zone index

FP0548
KT0131
LM0073
FRC Loom, 20 way, 1500mm
2x SP0425 Empty Cabinet, F/S, 16 zone index
2x FP0897 Empty Cabinet, F/S, PSU, 16 zone index

FP0547
KT0131
2x LM0073 FRC Loom, 20 way, 1500mm
3x SP0424 Empty Cabinet, R/S with 16 zone index
2x FP0896 Empty Cabinet. R/S, PSU, 16 zone index

FP0548
KT0131
2x LM0073 FRC Loom, 20 way, 1500mm
3x SP0425 Empty Cabinet, F/S with 16 zone index
2x FP0897 Empty Cabinet. F/S, PSU, 16 zone index
Note: Fire brigade signalling device, batteries, thermal cutouts and alerting tone generators must also be ordered, as required.
Page 7
Conventional Detectors and Accessories

The Tyco 614 range of low profile conventional
detectors have a number of unique design features
that offer improved operation, installation and ease
of servicing. Through innovative design, these
detectors have reduced the installation and servicing
time to a minimum.
The Tyco 614 range includes the 614CH Carbon
Monoxide fire detector, which responds to
carbonaceous fires with an unprecedented early
detection of slow smouldering fires, yet offers
unequalled nuisance alarm immunity.
The use of the patented optical sensing chamber,

together with refined signal processing, has enabled
the introduction of a smoke detector suitable for
fast, reliable smoke detection of both slow and fast
developing fires.
Features
Range includes unique CO+Heat fire detector
Type A, B, C and D Heat detector
Low profile and discreet
Superior performance and reliability
Patented optical chamber
Attractive design
Designed for fast, easy installation
Detector Lock included with 5B base
Integral and remote alarm LED
CSIRO ActivFire and FPANZ Listing
614CH Carbon Monoxide and Heat Fire Detector

The 614CH fire detector provides very early
warning of slow smouldering fires. The CO fire
detector is well suited to many applications where
heat detection is insufficient but smoke detection
causes nuisance alarms. As CO travels more freely
than smoke, the positioning of CO fire detectors
is more flexible. This feature is particularly useful
in large complex structures such as atria and
warehouses, where positioning of smoke detectors
is difficult. The 614CH has an additional mode of
operation as a Class A1R combined rate-of-rise
and 60C fixed temperature heat detector to
supplement the CO detector mode to permit the
detector to react to a wider range of fire types.
Although the 614CH has an expected life in excess
of 10 years, in order for the 614CH to provide the
intended level of fire detection, the detector should
be checked for calibration 5 years after installation
(or 5 years after re-installation following service) or
within 7 years of the date of manufacture.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current*
Alarm State Voltage
Alarm Threshold
Ext. Powered Load (max.)
Remote Indicator
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temp
Dimensions (incl. base)
Weight
CSIRO ActivFire Listed
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
The 614P is capable of detecting the visible smoke

produced by materials which smoulder or burn
slowly, i.e. soft furnishings, plastic foam etc or
smoke produced by overheated but unburnt PVC.
These detectors are particularly suitable for general
applications and areas where cable overheating
may occur; electrical services areas. The novel
design of the asymmetrical sampling chamber and
signal processing techniques stop unwanted alarms
caused by very small insects. Smoke entering the
sampling chamber scatters the infrared light pulses
onto a photodiode. These pulses are converted to
an electrical signal that is compared against a preset
alarm level.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current*
10 to 33Vdc
55A (max.)
3.2 to 67mA (50C)
2.5 to 7.4Vdc
38ppm CO
50mA, 28Vdc
E500 Mk2 Series
15 to 90% (n/cond)
0 to +50C
127 dia x 54H (mm)
200g with base
afp-1718
VF/345
516.600.304
* 3.2mA min. for LED visibility. Max. current must be externally limited
614P Photoelectric Smoke
Alarm State Voltage

Sensitivity (AS7240.7-2004)
Remote Indicator
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
10 to 33Vdc
60A
0.7 to 67mA (55C)
0.7 to 60mA (70C)
2.5 to 7.4V
50mA. 28Vdc
4%Obs/m
E500 Mk2 Series
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-20C to +70C
127 dia x 54H (mm)
188g with base
afp-1715
VF/344
MR614
*Max. current must be externally limited
614I Ion Chamber Smoke

614I detectors are offered for old specifications
which still call for ionisation smoke detectors. The
614I offers detection of visible and invisible fire
aerosols (products of combustion) and are therefore
capable of detecting the early presence of hot
smouldering and flaming fires, such as wood, paper
etc. They use a dual ionisation chamber in which
the air is ionised by a single radioactive source. The
presence of smoke in the sampling chamber causes
a change in the balance voltage, between the two
chambers. This is then compared against an alarm
level.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current*
Alarm State Voltage
Ionisation Source
Alarm Threshold
Remote Indicator
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
12 to 33Vdc
70A
0.7 to 67mA (55C)
0.7 to 60mA (70C)
2.5 to 7.4V
50mA, 28Vdc
<33kBq (Am241)
0.32 MIC X
E500 Mk2 Series
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-20C to +70C
127 dia x 54H (mm)
200g with base
afp-1716
VF/343
MF614
*3.2mA min. for LED visibility. Max. current must be externally limited
Page 8

Series 300 Conventional Detectors
The Series 300 range of conventional detectors has been produced using the
latest in manufacturing and design techniques, pushing out the boundaries
of existing conventional detector technology. With its multitude of innovative
features, the Series 300 detector acts conventionally, thinks intelligently.
All Series 300 detectors feature:

Backward compatible with Series 100 detector range and bases
Bi-colour LED detector status indicator
Advanced maintenance features via remote hand-held test unit
Remote alarm test
2351E Photoelectric Smoke

The 2351E photoelectric detector incorporates
an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC).
Combined with a state of the art optical chamber the
detector provides efficient and accurate detection
of fires with a high level of resilience to non-fire
environmental influences.
Automatic drift compensation
Dust resistant chamber
Programmable sensitivity
Remote sensitivity/contamination test
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Standby Current (no LED)
Alarm Current (LED On)
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
Height
Diameter
Weight
Wire Gauge Terms
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
8 to 30Vdc
50A @ 24Vdc (LED no blink)
80mA at 24Vdc1 max.
30C to +70C
5% to 95% (n/cond)
38mm (+9mm for base)
102mm
105g (plus 60g for base)
1.5mm2 max.
SS/355
2351E
1. Alarm current limited by panel
2351TEM Multi-Sensor Photoelectric and Heat

The 2351TEM photoelectric smoke/thermal
detector incorporates an optical chamber and a
thermal element, which in turn are continually
monitored by an on board processor using algorithms
developed specifically for the unit. An alarm signal
is only enabled in the detector once the processor
is satisfied that an incipient fire has been detected.
By using a combination of inputs, the incidence of
nuisance alarms is reduced while at the same time,
the response time to an actual fire is also improved.
Automatic drift compensation
Dust resistant chamber
Programmable sensitivity
Remote sensitivity/contamination test
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Temp2
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
Height
Diameter
Weight
Wire Gauge Terms
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
8 to 30Vdc
80mA at 24Vdc1 max.
30C to +70C
5% to 95% (n/cond)
102mm
1.5mm2 max.
SS/356
2351TEM

2. Max. ambient temp. should not exceed 45C
5351E Rate-of-Rise & Fixed Temperature Heat

The 5351E thermal detector incorporates an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC).
Combined with the latest in thermal element
technology the detector provides efficient and
accurate detection of fires, especially in environments
such as bars or kitchens where smoke detectors
are inappropriate due to the high level of airborne
contamination.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Temp 2
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
Height
Diameter
Weight
Wire Gauge Terms
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
8 to 30Vdc
80mA at 24Vdc1 max.
30C to +70C
5% to 95% (n/cond)
102mm
1.5mm2 max.
SS/206
5351E

4351E High Temperature Heat (Fixed Temperature)

The 4351E thermal detector incorporates an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC).
Combined with the latest in thermal element
technology the detector provides efficient and
accurate detection of fires, especially in environments
such as boiler houses or kitchens where smoke
detectors are inappropriate due to the high level of
airborne contamination.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Temp 2
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
Height
Diameter
Weight
Wire Gauge Terms
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
8 to 30Vdc
80mA at 24Vdc1 max.
30C to +70C
5% to 95% (n/cond)
102mm
1.5mm2 max.
SS/207
4351E

Page 9

S300RTU Remote Test Unit
The S300RTU Remote Test Unit is used to test
System Sensor 300 Series detectors. Simply point its
laser at the detectors indicator LED and the detector
will make an internal test and trigger an alarm.
Specifications
Battery
Enclosure
Operating Range
Dimensions (mm)
Part Number
6V miniature (included)
Plastic
up to 5m
81x32x12 (HWD)
S300RTU
S300RPTU Remote Programming Test Unit

The S300RPTU Remote Programming and Test
Tool is designed for communication with System
Sensor 300 series detectors, permitting access
to various functions and logs within the detectors.
Communication is achieved through the detectors
indicator LED, and uses one of two methods:
1. Direct communication via the detector LED using
an LED and Opto-diode built in to the S300RPTU, for
close range (approx. 30mm) communication.
2. Using radio communication via an S300SAT
which can be clipped to the detector using
proprietary access poles, allowing a range up to
4.5m. The S300RPTU is a menu driven device.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
4.5Vdc (3xAAA batt.)
Power-Up Time
5 seconds
Current: Standby mode 800 A max.
LED comms mde 12mA
RF comms mode 5.3mA
RF TX/RX Frequency
433.92 MHz
RF Power Transmission 750W
RF Reception Sensitivity 95dBm
Operating Temperature -30C to +60C
Relative Humidity
5% to 95% (n/cond)
Dimensions (mm)
22x128x58 (HWD)
Weight
100g
Part Number
S300RPTU
S300SAT Satellite Test Unit

The S300SAT provides a radio link for
communications between the S300RPTU tool
and a series 300 detector over distances up to
approximately 4.5m. It clips directly into position
on the detector, with the use of either a standard
System Sensor access pole, or a No Climb Products
access pole with suitable adaptor. To prevent cross
communication where more than one unit is in use
on a single site, the S300SAT and S300RPTU may
be set to address 00 to 15.
Specifications
Battery
Part Number
9V Alkaline (x2)
S300SAT
Series 100 Conventional Detectors

Series100 Plug-in Smoke Detectors offer superb
performance and reliability and a profile of just 43
mm. Other features include: low current draw, stable
performance in high air velocities, built-in tamper
resistant base design, remote LED option, removable
cover, and built-in test switch.
The Series 100 is designed to meet UL performance
criteria. Its sensing chambers are sealed against back
pressure air flow, dirt, and insects and is protected by
a fine mesh screen which can be cleaned or replaced.
Additional key features include a variety of mounting
bases and a full line of accessories.
Compatible with 300 and 400 Series product
Two LEDs blink in standby, providing 360

visibility
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Alarm Current
Standby Current
Sensitivity
Dimensions (H x dia)
Weight
Temperature
UL Listed Velocity Range
Photo
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
SS0323
SS0324
Part Numbers
SS0323
SS0324
12/24Vdc
10 to 100mA1
85A nominal
3% 0.7%/ft. Photo
43 x 102 mm
102 g
0C to +49C
0 to 15.2 m/s
10% to 93% (n/cond)
SS/326
SS/328
1151 Ionisation Smoke
2151 Photoelectric
Smoke
MOD400R Field Sensitivity Test Module

The MOD400R Field Sensitivity Test Module is
designed to check the sensitivity of 100, 200, 300,
400, and 500 Series conventional detectors or
DH100, DH200, DH400 and DH500 series duct
smoke detectors, to fulfill requirements for detector
sensitivity testing. The test module can be connected
to any DC voltmeter (meter movement of 10k Ohms/
V or greater) to obtain a reading which correlates to
the detectors sensitivity range.
Page 10
Specifications
Dimensions
114.5 mm x 79.5 mm x 38 mm
Shipping Weight 240 g
Test Capability System Sensor 100, 200, 300,
400, 500 Series Detectors,
System Sensor DH100, DH200,
DH400, DH500 series duct smoke
detectors
Battery
9 V alkaline (1 year life)
Part Numbers
SS0200
MOD400R Test Module
SS0201
Replacement Cord

Series 100 Conventional Detector Accessories
Specifications
Dimensions (H x dia )
Weight
Part Numbers
20 x 102 mm
152g
SS0300
M020900
B401 Detector Base

Test Magnet
M020900 Test Magnet with telescoping handle
B401 Detector Base - compatible with all series 100,

300, 400 devices.
DH200PL Duct Sampling Unit

The DH200 Low-Flow Series photoelectric air duct smoke detectors are capable of sensing smoke in air velocities from 0.5 to 20.3 metres per second. The DH200
features low-flow technology that enables duct smoke detection throughout a broad range of airflow environments. Many difficult-to-solve HVAC applications occur in
low airflow duct applications where reliable smoke detection is critical. The DH200 Series Detector samples air currents passing through a duct and gives dependable
performance for shutdown of fans, blowers, and air conditioning systems, preventing the spread of toxic smoke and fire gases through the protected area.
The DH200 Low-Flow Series photoelectric air duct

smoke detector
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Air Duct Velocity
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
Dimensions (WLD)
Weight
FPANZ Listed
15 to 32Vdc
300A @ 24Vdc
87mA@20-30Vdc
0.5 to 20.3 m/s
10% to 93% (n/cond)
0C to +55C
-30C to +70C
140 x 370 x 70mm
1.5kg
VF/348
Part Numbers
DH200PL Innovair intelligent low-flow
photoelectric non-relay duct smoke
detector
SS0106
Sampling tube duct width 0.3 - 0.6m
SS0107
SS0108
Sampling tube duct width 1.22.4m
SS0109
Accessories
SS0205
RTS451 Remote test station
SS0203
RA400Z Remote LED
F36-09-11 Replacement filters
M020900 Test Magnet
Conventional Detector Bases

5B Universal Base
The 5B Universal Base contains no electronics and
is suitable for indoor applications of the 614 series
collective and 814 series analogue addressable
detectors. It provides excellent space for cable
access and terminations. Its larger skirt makes it
suitable as a replacement for the earlier M614 base
to cover any paint rims or covering a larger hole in
the ceiling. It features remote LED connections and
an anti-tamper facility.
Specifications
Operating Temp.
-25C to +75C
Relative Humidity
10% to 95% (non cond.)
Dimensions (mm)
127 dia x 24H
Weight
63g
CSIRO ActivFire Listed with compatible detectors
Part Number
517.050.017
5B Base
The Deckhead Mounting can be used with Tyco

600/800 Series using 5B base, when fitted in
particularly damp or dirty environments. Only
suitable detectors should be used - consult bulletin
GPBD0018. The housing has four 20/25mm cable
breakouts and is secured with two countersunk
screws at 144mm fixing centres. The mounting
surface should be flat over the area of the underside
of the housing to ensure a stable fixing and strong
enough to take the weight of the mounting, detector
base and sensor. Extra Base Accessory Terminals
(BATs) are available (one is supplied).
Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Protection
Part Numbers
517.050.603
517.050.612
DHM-5B Deckhead Mounting
-25C to +70C
up to 95% (non cond.)
163 dia x 42H
200g
IP55
DHM-5B
BAT Kit - pack of 10
(available on request)
Page 11

VIGIL heat detectors are low cost, fast operating fixed

temperature devices designed for automatic fire
detection in normal risk buildings. They are available
in both latching indicating and clean contact
versions.
Unobtrusive low-profile design
Fast response
Normally-closed gold-flashed contacts
Resettable design allows repeated testing
Environmentally protected versions:
Normal - no added protection, dry indoor use
Dipped - enhanced protection, tolerates
occasional dampness
Encapsulated - more heavily protected
Specifications
35 x 67 mm
Mounting Holes
2 x 6 @ 51 mm spacing
Actuation Temperatures
Colour code
Blue:
57C 3C
Yellow: 77C 3C
White: 107C 3.5C
Operational Temperatures
VIGIL-N, VIGIL -D
-25C to 15C
below actuation
VIGIL-E
-20C to 15C
below actuation
Indi-VIGIL
0C to 65C
(45C for Blue)
Indi-VIGIL encap.
-20C to 65C
(45C for Blue)
FPANZ Listing Numbers:
VIGIL-N
VF/201
VIGIL-D
VF/202
VIGIL-E
VF/203
Indi-VIGIL
VF/204
Indi-VIGIL encapsulated VF/215
Indicating Module
VF/651
Part Numbers
Indicating detectors
FP0899
Indi-VIGIL, Blue (57C)
FP0900
Indi-VIGIL, Yellow (77C)
FP0910
Indi-VIGIL, Encaps, Blu (57C)
FP0911
Indi-VIGIL, Encaps, Yel (77C)
Clean contact detectors
FP0717
VIGIL-N, Blue (57C)
FP0718
VIGIL-N, Yellow (77C)
FP0720
VIGIL-N, White (107C)
FP0721
VIGIL-D, Dipped, Blu (57C)
FP0722
VIGIL-D, Dipped, Yel (77C)
FP0723
VIGIL-E, Encaps, Blu (57C)
FP0724
VIGIL-E, Encaps, Yel (77C)
Accessories
FB0111
Mounting Bracket 90,
Galvanised
GASKETHD
Mounting Gasket
Note: VIGIL detectors are unsuitable for heavily

corosive, continuously wet, caustic, or physically
abrasive environments for which a T54B probe type
detector is more suited. (See page 78).
The Indi-VIGIL range is approved for new

installations to NZS 4512:2003 Fire Detection
and Alarm Systems in Buildings. The non-indicating
VIGIL range is approved to NZS 2139:1967 Heat
Actuated Fire Detectors (obsolete).
The Indi-VIGIL Indicating Module, when installed

in a manual call point or wired to a clean-contact
detector, is compatible with Vigilant fire alarm
systems in the same quantities as the indicating
manual call point and Indi-VIGIL heat detector.
Note: The manual call point or detector must be a
clean-contact device not an indicating heat detector
or indicating manual call point, because two
indicating circuits/modules connected in parallel will
not operate reliably.
Specifications
Format
Dimensions (HWD)
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
Circuit board
40 x 44 x 30 mm
VF/651
PA1022
The Vigilant PA0443 Contact Conversion Module

is designed to allow normally-closed clean contact
devices (e.g. manual callpoints) to be connected
onto legacy (pre-NZS4512:2003) smoke detector
circuits. The module converts the normally-closed
hard contact to a normally-open transistor clamp
(clamps to about 1 volt when the contacts open)
across the detection circuit. For new installations, use
PA1022.
Specifications
Format
Cable Tail Length
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Potted circuit module

250 mm
60 x 22 x 17 mm
24g
VF/618
Part Number
PA0443
Indi-VIGIL Indicating Module
Contact Conversion Module
Page 12

Conventional Detector Selection Chart
Environment Very Clean and
Dry
For Example - Clean Room

- Data Processing
Benign
Moderately
Clean
Regulated
Temperature
Dirty - Smoky
Dusty and/or
Humid
Hot and Smoky
Open Areas
- Office
- Light Industrial
- Hospital
- Residential
- Passenger
- Accomodation
- Loading Bay/
Warehouse with
diesel forklifts etc.
- Heavy Industrial
- Ferry (car deck)
- Livestock Pen
- Mill
- Laundry
- Changing Room
- Kitchen
- Engine Room
- Test Beds
- Atrium
- Theatre
- Hanger
- Oil Rig
- Turbine Hall
Fire Loading
Probable Risk
Electronic
Equipment,
Electrical
Switchgear,
Electric Motors,
Cable, Conduit
Cable pyrolosis
(toxic fumes).
Electrical Arcs
(ignition source).
Associated
electrical fire.
Aspirated
Photo
Ionisation
Aspirated
Photo
Photo
Aspirated
Flame
Beam
Fabrics,
Clothes, Soft
Furnishings,
Animal
Bedding,
Wood Shavings
Smouldering
(difficult to locatetoxic fumes).
Likelihood of
flashover
Aspirated
CO/Heat
Photo
CO/Heat
Photo
CO/Heat
Photo
CO/Heat
Heat
CO/Heat
Flame
Beam
Flammable
Liquids,
Paints,
Solvents,
Flammable
Gas,
Unstable
Chemicals,
Foodstuffs
Flaming fire,
Rapid build-up of
dense smoke.
High
temperature.
Associated
explosion danger.
Flame
Ionisation
Photo
CO/Heat
Heat
Flame
Ionisation
Photo
CO/Heat
Heat
Flame
CO/Heat
Heat
Flame
CO/Heat
Heat
Flame
Heat
Flame
Beam
General,
Organic Waste,
Animal Fodder,
Wooden
Structures,
Solid Fuels
Smoke and
Flame.
Initially fairly slow
but high temps.
once established
CO/Heat
Photo
Ionisation
CO/Heat
Heat
CO/Heat
Heat
Heat
CO/Heat
CO/Heat
Flame
Beam
Plastic,
Chemicals,
Machinery,
Building
Materials,
Unknown
Contents
Type of risk may

vary as can the
type of fire (may
require a mix of
detection types).
Aspirated
CO/Heat
Photo
Ionisation
Flame
Heat
CO/Heat
Photo
Ionisation
Heat
Flame
CO/Heat
Photo
Ionisation
Flame
Heat
CO/Heat
Flame
Heat
Heat
CO/Heat
Flame
Flame
CO/Heat
Beam
This table is for general guidance only and should not be used as a substitute for expert advice.
Detectors in bold typeface indicate the most suitable - other types indicated may not be optimal for reasons of performance or cost, but real situations may require a
combination to cover likely risks. For further guidance, refer to NZS 4512:2003 Appendix H.
Page 13
Conventional Manual Call Points

1841 Manual Call Points
The 1841 manual call point is a break-glass switch
designed to meet the requirements for manual call
points in fire alarm systems as specified in NZS 4512
Fire Detection and Alarm Systems in Buildings.
The switch may also be used in other applications
requiring the security of break glass operation. They
are available in both latching indicating and clean
contact versions.
Attractive and functional
Large, easy to operate switch
Surface and flush mounting options
Normally-closed gold-flashed switch contacts
White and yellow versions also available
Part Numbers
Conventional Indicating (Red)
FP0903
Flush, Wormald
FP0904
Surface Wormald
FP0907
Flush, no brand
FP0908
Surface, no brand
Clean Contact Non-Indicating

FP0330
Red, Flush, Wormald
FP0331
Red, Surface, Wormald
FP0323
Red, Flush, no brand
FP0324
Red, Flush, no brand
FP0388
Yellow, Surface, no brand
FP0386
White, Surface, no brand
(3-pole switch)
Specifications
Switch rating
5A at 28Vdc
Dimensions (HWD)
Surface
130 x 130 x 67 mm
Flush
130 x 130 x 13 mm
Cable entry (surface)
20mm conduit thread
Terminations
2.5mm2, loop included
Protection
IP23 (Surface)
Material
ABS
Colour
Red - NZS 7702 #537
Weight
400g (surf.) 250g (flush)
Ambient temperature
0C to +40C
Relative humidity
up to 95% (non-cond.)
FPANZ Listed
Conventional (Ind.)
VF/649
Clean contact (non-Ind.) VF/607
1757 Cast Manual Call Points

The cast aluminium Fire Alarm Call Point Type 1757
is designed specifically for use in harsh environments
such as freezing works, cool stores, outdoors,etc. For
new installations an indication module (PA1022) is
also required.
Specifications
Dimensions (HWD)
Cable entry
Weight
Mouting pattern
Part Numbers
FP0108
PA1022
Ingress Protection
Colour
FPANZ Listed
MCP 1757-2
Indi-VIGIL Indicating
Module
174 x 150 x 120 mm

20mm2 conduit thread
2kg
160W x 145 x 10mm
x 4 places
IP55 (not certified)
Red - NZS 7702 #537
VF/612
STOPPER II Manual Call Point Cover

The call point STOPPER provides protection from
malicious or accidental activation of manual call
points. Available for flush or surface mounted call
points the STOPPER has an integral high pitched
sounder, powered by 9V alkaline battery (included)
which is activated when the tamper-proof clear
polycarbonate lid is lifted.
Specifications
Dims (HWD)
Call Point Size
Sounder SPL
FP0517
FP0518
254x178x86 210x137x57.5mm
160x160x120 100x100x57.5
95dB @ 1m
-
Part Numbers
FP0517
FP0518
Stopper II Flush Mount

Stopper II Surface Mount
FP0517 STOPPER
Manual Call Point Label

This label provides the operation information
required for manual call points by NZS4512 and the
NZ Building Code compliance documents.
Page 14
Specifications
Dimensions
150 x 110 mm
Part Number
LB0124
Dial 111 Label, PVC
Addressable Fire Panels

MX1 Fire Alarm System
The Vigilant MX1 is an innovative single
loop analogue addressable fire indicator
panel incorporating the latest technology.
It complies with NZS 4512: 2003 and
is also designed to meet international
standard ISO 7240.2 - 2003. Its support
for Tyco MX TECHNOLOGY fuzzy-logic
detection algorithms and powerful control
functions make it suitable for a wide range
of fire protection applications for small to
medium size systems.
Specifications
Cabinet
Material
Finish
Dims (HWD)
Weight
Part Numbers
FP0893
FP1002
FA2417
BA12170
Spares
FA2416
FP0913
ME0448
ME0450
PA1010
PA1011
MX1 utilises MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor

analogue addressable detectors with dual
sensors (photoelectric and heat, or CO and
heat) to allow the best detection mode for a
situation to be easily selected.
Single MX DIGITAL Loop supporting up

to 250 MX devices

addressable detector technology
MX FASTLOGIC detection algorithm

with SMARTSENSE option
Clear alarm messages on 4-line LCD
Compact zone LED display
High level EWIS interface
Detection modes may include: smoke/ CO

detection only, heat-enhanced smoke/ CO
detection only, smoke/ CO plus heat detection,
heat-enhanced smoke/ CO plus heat detection
or heat detection only.
Profiles simplify programming of

complex detection and logic functions
Heat detection can be either fixed temperature,

or combined fixed temperature and rate-of-rise.
Day/ night modes for alarm sensitivity

adjustment and output logic functions
Powerful, field-programmable logic

equations, functions, timers
Pseudo points controlled by logic

equations for enhanced control options
For specific applications, single-sensor

MX analogue addressable ionisation and
photoelectric smoke detectors, high sensitivity
smoke detectors (VESDA), heat-only detectors
and flame detectors are also available.


including automatic self-test and fast
commissioning test mode
High capacity integral 5A power supply
Compact cabinet or optional 19

mounting (built-to-order)
Earth fault supervision
Fuse supervision
Windows-based programming tools
The MX DIGITAL communications protocol

used on the detection loop is designed to
provide high reliability and fault resistance,
with operation possible over many cable types.
This often permits system upgrades using
existing cable. The loop configuration ensures
that communications continues in the event of
a loop open circuit fault condition.
LM0319
LM0335
LM0324
LM0291
LB0600
LT0344
LT0360
Mild Steel
Powdercoated cream,
wrinkle finish
590 x 480 x120 mm
5kg
MX1, Single Loop Panel, NZ
MX1, 16 Zone display
extender, NZ
1982-23,MX1,Index, NZ
Front Service
Battery, 12V, 17Ah
1982-15, Index, Rear Service
Replacement MX1 LCD
Module Kit
1982-26, MX1 PSU assy
Replacement MX1 door c/w
hinges
PCB assy,1982-1, LCD/
keyboard
PCB assy,1982-2, MX1
controller
Loom, MX1 main board to TGen 50
Loom,LCD/keybd to 1st zone
display,R/S
Loom,FRC,10W,style B,
900mm
(LCD/Keybd to Controller)
Loom,FRC,26W,style
B,230mm
(between zone displays)
Label,MX1,blank zone
label,grey
(sheet of 5 supplied with
panel)
MX1, Operator Manual
MX1, Installation Guide
Approvals
MX1 complies with New Zealand Standard

NZS 4512: 2003 Fire Detection and Alarm
Systems in Buildings and meets the NZ Fire
Service requirements for connection to remote
receiving stations.
FPANZ Listing Number VF/118
In the case of a short circuit, up to 128 short

circuit isolator detector bases or modules may
be fitted around the loop, to limit the effect of
the fault to the devices between isolators.
Page 15

MX4428 Fire Alarm System
The Vigilant MX4428 is an intelligent
distributed multi-processor fire alarm
and fire protection control system,
which combines both analogue
addressable and collective (conventional)
detection. It features intelligent fire
detection algorithms, powerful control
programmability and multi-panel
networking to handle the most complex
applications.
MX4428 supports the MX multi-sensor virtual

detectors (Photoelectric and Heat, CO and Heat,
Ionisation only, heat-only) and a range of functional
bases, analogue addressable callpoints, input
modules, and output modules. Smoke/CO and
temperature readings from the multi-sensor
detectors are able to be combined in various ways to
achieve optimum detection for each location.

addressable detectors
SMARTSENSE and MX FASTLOGIC (fuzzy

logic) detection algorithms
Heat-enhanced photoelectric smoke and CO

fire detectors
Compatible with wide range of collective

detectors including Intrinsically Safe types
Complies with AS 4428.1 and NZS 4512

LCD Firefighter Facility (FF) and optional
zone LEDs
LCD zone description text with optional point

text for each detector
Event logging to internal history file and

printer
Remote repeater panels, colour graphics

displays
Tandem mode for remote control panel

access
High level EWIS, BMS interface

Multi-panel networking available
Programmable outputs for Warning System,
External Alarm (strobes & bells) and Ancillary
Control
Flow switch monitoring and remote testing

AS 1668 air-handling smoke detection and
control
Powerful, field-programmable logic equations

and timers


Automatic system self-tests
Automatic battery connection and capacity
tests
Integral charger (2.5A, 6A, 12A)
The MX4428 is suitable for sprinkler flow switch

monitoring and remote testing, AS 1668 airhandling smoke detection and control.
Automatic self tests
Field-programmable
LCD control panel
Optional Zone LEDs
LCD zone description text and/or individual
point text
Powerful boolean logic functions for output control
and network communications allows control and
indication of other panels and devices.
Printer logging includes zone text and point events.
Outputs for:
Door holders
Local mimics
Remote repeater panels
Colour graphics displays
High level interface for EWIS, BMS, etc.
MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor analogue addressable
detectors utilise dual sensors (photoelectric and heat,
or CO and heat) to allow the best detection mode for
a situation to be selected without having to physically
change detectors.
Detection modes may include:
Smoke/ CO detection only
Heat-enhanced smoke/ CO detection only
Smoke/ CO plus heat detection
Heat-enhanced smoke/ CO plus heat detection
Heat-only detection can be fixed temperature, or
also include rate-of-rise.
For specific applications, ionisation smoke and
heat-only detectors are also available.
SMARTSENSE or MX FASTLOGIC detection
algorithms can be programmed for each detector to
allow the detection capabilities of the system to be
further optimised.
Up to 200 MX devices (detectors and addressable
input/ output modules) may be connected to the MX
detection loop, which terminates at an MX Protocol
(MXP) responder.
Approvals
The MX4428 complies with New Zealand
Standard NZS 4512:2003 Fire Detection and
Alarm Systems in Buildings and meets the NZ
Fire Service requirements for connection to

remote receiving stations.
FPANZ Listing Number VF/117
Loop Booster Unit FPANZ Listing Number VF/613
Page 16
Specifications
Dimensions
Cabinet Dimensions (HWD)
FZ1190/FZ1191 15U - 750 x 550 x 211 mm
FZ1192/FZ1193 18U - 885 x 575 x 205 mm
Part Numbers
Stock Panel Configurations
FZ1190 MX4428, 15U, Wind, 48 Z cap, SGD I/F
FZ1191 MX4428, 15U, Blank, 48 Z cap, SGD
I/F
FZ1192 MX4428, 18U, Wind, 112 Z cap, SGD
I/F
FZ1193 MX4428, 18U, Blank, 112 Z cap, SGD
I/F
FP0487 Loop Booster Unit 1901-36
BA12240 Battery 12V, 24Ah
BA12400 Battery 12V, 40Ah
Larger cabinets built to order
Options
FP0475 Display Extender Kit incl 0.5m FRC
FP0827 Standard Network Kit (comprises
hardware, LT0143, PA0773, LM0172)
PA0483 PCB Assy,1901-103,unprot Term.PCB
PA0753 PCB assy,1901-25-7, PFD 16 Alarm
LED
FP0771 I-Hub networking kit
ME0433 T/Evac & Silence Alarm sw. on plate
Responders
FP0507 EOL002B Pulsing EOL
FP0529 Empty ADR/MPR box
FP0575 Multi Prot. Resp (MPR)1901-141 in box
PA0453 RRM PCB assy 1901-15
PA0473 IOR PCB 32 in/32 out 1901-72
(See Addressable Responders section, page 27, for
companion input/output boards)
PA0497 ADR PCB assy 1901-116 4mA
PA0713 MPR PCB assy 1901-141
PA0815 ADR-M 4mA 15V MCP 1901-116
FP0824 MXP Responder in box
PA0844 ADR-M 2.5mA 3k3 EOL PCB
PA0893 MXP Responder PCB only
PA1038 MXP Responder Loop Filter PCB
Spares
FA2150
FP0874
IC0320
HW0040
PA0463
PA0481
PA0482
PA0711
PA0712
PA0751
PA0773
PA0890
PA0891
PA1040S
SF0349
SM0031
MX4428 Keyboard Membrane overlay

MX4428 Power Supply 24V 2.5A
F4000 IC 28C64 8K EEPROM
Lock A/CR16/01/3B/N04 003 Keyed

F4000 Loop Booster PCB 1901-35
F4000 RZDU/RS232 I/F PCB 1901-100
F4000 Memory LCD I/F PCB 1901-102
RS485 comms CMOS PCB 1901-139-1
RS485-RS232 Comms PCB 1901-139-2
F4000 main PCB no software 1901-12
RS485 coms CMOS PCB FRC 1901-139-3
PCB AS4428 keyboard/LCD module
PCB AS1603 keyboard/LCD module
MX4428 Main bd incl. Mem-LCD I/F, S/W
MX4428 Master Software V3.21N
FA1201 F4k LCD keybd overlay
(AS1603.4)
MX4428 System Diagram

Responder Loop Design
Central to the MX4428 system is the proven Responder Loop architecture, which allows intelligent responders to be either distributed at selected locations around
the protected premises, or located centrally at the FIP. Analogue addressable loop wiring and other inputs and outputs are terminated at these responders, which in turn
are connected by the 4-wire responder loop to the FIP.
The responder loop is fully protected: a partial or complete break, or short, anywhere on the loop is detected and isolated automatically at the adjacent responders. All
system operations are fully maintained even in the presence of the fault condition. This design offers many benefits:
Cable concentration at the master FIP is greatly reduced.

Installed cost is lower because the loop design requires less wiring than conventional methods.
Compatibility with many existing conventional and analogue addressable systems, providing a ready upgrade path.
Ideal suitability as a main panel upgrade with old sub-panels connecting via responder inputs.
High-integrity communications is fully supervised and protected by redundant paths.
Loop fault sensing and isolation is provided at every responder.
Intelligent diagnostics identifies location of faults rapidly.
Expansion and alterations are easily accommodated with minimal additional wiring.
Responder Loop Boosters permit virtually unlimited loop length.
No additional multicore wiring is required for AS 1668 controls, but optional use of dedicated IO-NET (PLC) system is also possible.
Detection Algorithms
SMARTSENSE is a field-proven, reliable detection algorithm, providing unwanted alarm reduction,
compensation for ambient conditions and a wide range of programmable sensitivity settings.
MX FASTLOGIC is a fuzzy logic based algorithm applied to photoelectric smoke and heat
enhanced smoke detection, and designed to differentiate between the smoke and temperature
patterns of real fires and typical causes of unwanted alarms.Both algorithms provide:
Detector pre-alarm sensing for early warning of a potential alarm.
Compensation for soiling and changes in ambient conditions.
Logging detector dirty alert when compensation limits are about to be exceeded, to allow
maintenance to be scheduled.
Heat sensor can be programmed to act independently as a Heat Detector
MX FASTLOGIC
MX4428 Rack Cabinet Specifications
Cabinet Size
Number of extender inner doors:
Maximum number of LED displays:
Spare space at bottom:
Standard size gearplates (max.):
Overall Height (mm):
Overall Width (mm):
Overall Depth (mm):
Cabinet Material:
Cabinet Finish:
15U
18U
21U
1
2
2
2
2
3
64
128
128
128
128
192
4U
0U
3U
1U
4U
0U
1
1
1
750
885
1050
550
575
575
211(176 int.) 205/380
350(310 int.)
1.2mm M.S.
1.6mm M.S.
1.6mm M.S.
Baked epoxy powdercoat, Cream Wrinkle BFF998CW
Master
Extender
Master
Extender
Master
Extender
28U
3
4
192
256
3U
0U
2
1330
575
205/380
1.6mm M.S.
40U
3
4
192
256
15U
12U
3
1865
575
205/380 (135 or 310 internal)
1.6mm M.S.
Page 17
MX TECHNOLOGY Analogue Addressable Modules

AZM800 Apartment Zone Module
The AZM800 is a loop-powered MX Addressable
module which cost-effectively integrates many of the
key functions required for Type 5 fire alarm systems
as defined in the NZ Building Code Compliance
Documents, and in particular providing hush-able
local alarm functions.
Local 100V speaker line per spur
Integral short circuit isolator (SCI)
Conventional detector circuit
Integral and remote hush button
Programmable control relay
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Circuit Resistance
ELD Resistor
Local 100V spur
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
FPANZ Listed
Part Numbers
FP0959
FP0962
22 to 40Vdc
4mA (typ)
17mA (max, LED on)
10 Ohm (max.)
9k1/18k Ohm
10W, 56k Ohm ELD
-10C to +45C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
118x75x34 mm
VF/653 (FP0959)
VF/654 (FP0962)
AZM800
Remote Hush Unit
1. MX addressable loop voltage
CIM800 Contact Input Module
The CIM800 Addressable Contact Input Module

monitors and supervises 2 circuits of voltagefree contacts such as outputs from extinguishing
systems, ventilation controls, fire door controls,

sprinkler flow switches, non-indicating hard contact
detectors, etc. The LED illuminates when any input
goes into alarm and can be programmed to blink
when polled by the c.i.e. The CIM800 can be
configured to monitor:
Two circuits of multiple N/O contacts; with short
circuit alarm.
Two circuits of multiple N/C contacts; open circuit
alarm.
Two circuits with a single N/O contact closing for
alarm; with short circuit fault. (Requires a resistor
in series with the alarm contact and special c.i.e.
programming).
The two circuits may be recognised as a single point
or two separate points. Refer to the specific MX fire
alarm panel specification.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Circuit Resistance
ELD Resistor
Alarm Resistor
Ambient Temperature
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
275A (max.)
2.8mA (max, LED on)
10 Ohm (max.)
200 Ohm (supplied)
100 Ohm (s/c fault)
-25C to +70C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
afp-1446
VF/640
CIM800
DIM800 Detector Input Module

The DIM800 Detector Input Module interfaces two
collective detector circuits onto the MX addressable
loop.
Each circuit can support 3mA of detector quiescent
current and requires a 4k7 Ohm End Of Line resistor.
The two circuits may be recognised as a single point
or two separate points. Refer to the specific MX fire
alarm panel specification.
Unused circuits must be terminated with an ELD
resistor.
The DIM800 requires a suitably rated and separately
protected external 24V supply to power the detector
circuits.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Loop Alarm Current
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Detector Load
Detector ELD
External Supply2
Ext. Current/Circuit
Ext. Alarm Current3
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
100A (max.)
170A (max.)
-25C to +70C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
3mA (max per input)
4k7 Ohm
20 to 28.7Vdc
7.5mA (normal)
30 to 50mA
afp-1446
VF/643
DIM800
1..MX addressable loop voltage

2. Voltage restrictions for some detectors
3. External Supply Alarm / Short Circuit
LIM800 Line Isolator Module

The LIM800 Line Isolator Module is designed to be
used on the MX addressable controller loop circuits.
It monitors the line condition and when detecting a
short circuit will isolate the affected section whilst
allowing the rest of the addressing circuit to function
normally.
The purpose of the LIM800 Line Isolator Module
is to ensure that, on a looped addressable system,
no short circuit fault can disable more detection
devices than would be lost on a conventional nonaddressable fire circuit
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Current Loading
Input Current
Max. Series Resistance2
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
1. MX addressable loop voltage.
2. Isolator normal.
Page 18
20 to 40Vdc
80A max. (normal)
3.5mA max. (tripped)
0.25 Ohm
-25C to +70C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
Pending
VF/657
LIM800

LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder Module
The LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder Module
switches up to 75mA @24V dc to activate external
notification devices. The module is capable of
monitoring and signalling Normal & Short or
Open circuit condition on the sounder circuit. The
LPS800 short-circuit protection prevents a single
short circuit condition from disabling more than the
output containing the short-circuit. The LPS800 LED
reports status to the user.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
ELD Resistor
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Remote Indicator
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
275A (typ)
75mA (max,)
22k Ohm (supplied)
-25C to +70C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
pending
VF/652
E500 Mk2 Series
LPS800
MIM800/MIM801 Mini Input Modules

The MIM800 Mini Input Module monitors a voltagefree contact and transmits its state to the c.i.e. It can
be programmed to monitor either Normally Open
(default) or Normally Closed contacts. The MIMs can
be programmed to monitor:
One circuit of multiple N/O contacts, with short
circuit alarm.
One circuit of multiple N/C contacts, with open
circuit alarm.
One circuit with a single N/O contact, closing for
alarm, with fault detection for short circuit.
The MIM801 is also available; it is optimised for
normally closed applications and can generate an
interrupt (only used when a fast response is required)
on an open circuit.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Circuit Resistance
ELD Resistor
Alarm Resistor
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Part Numbers
MIM800
FP0837
20 to 40Vdc
275A (typ)
2.8mA (max, LED on)
10 Ohm (max.)
200 Ohm (supplied)
100 Ohm (s/c fault)
-25C to +70C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
afp-1446 (MIM800)
VF/641 (MIM800)
VF/645 (MIM801)
MIM800 (Aus/NZ)
MIM801 (NZ)
MIO800 Multi-Input Output Module

The MIO800 is a general purpose interface
module for use with MX TECHNOLOGY fire
detection systems. It allows multiple input and
output connections to be made between external
equipment and the MX DIGITAL loop. Three inputs
and four outputs are provided. Each input and output
can be programmed independently to provide
customised functionality.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Relay Contact
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
700A (max.)
6.25mA (max,LED on)
2A @ 24Vdc (max.)
-25C to +70C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
pending
VF/655
MIO800
RIM800 Relay Interface Module

The RIM800 Relay Interface Module provides one
volt-free changeover contact which is not supervised.
The relay is controlled by a command sent from the
c.i.e. via the addressable loop and may be used to
signal a state to other systems (security systems, for
example) or to energise loads such as Door Holders.
The relay operation is determined by the c.i.e.
programming. The RIM800 has a red LED which
may be configured to indicate relay activation and
c.i.e. polling. Note that the RIM800 cannot be used
to switch mains voltage directly.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Relay Contact
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
285A (max.)
2.8mA (max, LED on)
2A @ 30Vdc (max.)
-25 to +70C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
afp-1446
VF/642
RIM800
SAB801 Sounder Addressable LED Beacon

The SAB801 Sounder Addressable Beacon has a
flashing LED beacon incorporated into the front
with a red lens arrangement. It is designed for a
wall mounting either on a sounder base or on a
conventional base. When mounted 2 to 2.2m
above ground level, the beacon provides a high
uniform intensity wide angle light output. The base
orientation is not critical to the veiwing of the SAB
LED beacon. The SAB801 is a lower current verion
of the earlier SAB800.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current (flash or cont.)
Flash Rate
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
250A (max.)
3.25mA (max,)
Continuous, or
2 Hz (SAB800)
1 Hz (SAB801)
-10C to +55C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
pending
VF/420
SAB801
Page 19

SAM800 Sounder Addressable Module
The SAM800 Sounder Addressable Module is
designed to be fitted to a normally passive sounder
base to convert it to a fully programmable MX
addressable sounder, without the need for a detector.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current 2
Alarm Current
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
20 to 40Vdc
250A (max.)
3.25mA (max,)
-10C to +55C
10% to 95% (n/c)
pending
VF/656
Part Numbers
SAM800
1. MX addressable loop voltage.

2. In addition to associated sounder/relay current.
SNM800 Sounder Notification Module

The SNM800 Sounder Notification Module can
be used to switch an external power source to
sounders, extinguishing devices or other auxiliary
equipment. The output is activated in response to a
command from the c.i.e. The wiring to the controlled
devices can be supervised for open and short circuit
fault conditions and the external power source
for the devices can be optionally supervised. Each
output device (sounders etc.) must have a suitable
diode wired in series (if not already contained in the
device) so that the whole line is supervised up to the
End of Line Device (27k resistor).
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Output Current
Output ELD
External 24V Supply
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc*
450A (max.)
3mA (max, LED on)
2A @ 30Vdc (max.)
27k Ohm 0.5W
18 to 28Vdc
-25 to +70C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
afp-1446
VF/644
SNM800
Mounting MX Modules
The MX range of Addressable Modules can be fitted to a double gang back box or a responder box. The
double gang back boxes are available in PC/ABS or aluminium. The responder box is galvanised mild steel
and is supplied pre-drilled for up to 4 MX modules, with 16 PCB standoffs
K2142 Double Gang Back Box
M520 MX Module Cover
Specifications
Dimensions (HWD)
Material
Part Numbers
517.035.010
517.035.011
Specifications
Dimensions (HWD)
Material
87x148x14 mm
PC/ABS
FP0529 Empty Responder Box showing MX

modules fitted
Specifications
Dimensions (HWD)
240x185x53 mm
Material
1.2mm Galv. Steel
Part Number
M520
Part Number
87x148x14 mm
PC/ABS
Plastic Back Box
Aluminium Back Box
FP0529
801APK MX Service Tool Kit

The 801APK consists of the
following:
801AP MX Service Tool
Ancillary programming
lead & spare pins
4 x rechargeable AA size
NiMH batteries
240VAC Adaptor plus
Lead
12Vdc car adaptor
Hard Carry Case
Page 20
The 801AP is used to program the address into MX

addressable devices. It also displays information and
performs tests on devices. It has a 32 character (2
rows of 16) backlit LCD alphanumeric display and
four softkeys, F1, F2, F3 and F4. The 801AP has
a finite life time after which the software must be
re-validated by an MX administrator. Power for the
801AP is derived from 4 AA size NiMH rechargeable
Specifications
Batteries
Batt. Operating Time
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions1 (HWD)
Weight1
Part Numbers
801APK
516.800.922
516.800.924
4xAA NiMH
up to 15 hours
0 to +50C
10% to 90% (n/cond)
48x200x112mm
500g incl. batteries
Service Tool Kit
Ancillary Lead
Ancillary Lead Spare Pins
1. For 801AP unit only
batteries. It may be run from an unregulated +12Vdc

input ie, car cigarette lighter connection or 110/
230VAC mains adaptor, both of which will recharge
the batteries as well.
MX TECHNOLOGY Analogue Addressable Detectors

814CH Carbon Monoxide and Heat Multi-sensor Detector
The 814CH is a state-of-the-art combined CO and
heat detector that allows a full set of detection
modes to be implemented in the MX fire alarm
panels to suit most fire detection applications.
The 814CH is particularly well suited to areas and
applications where smoke detector positioning is
difficult or where smoke detectors are prone to false
alarm. The 814CH uses a reliable electrochemical
cell for the detection of CO. The integrated heat
sensor monitors rate-of-rise and fixed temperature
and has been tested as a stand alone heat detector.
The 814CH can operate in a wide variety of
applications where combined risks mean that
heat or CO detection alone would be insufficient.
The 814CH has all the features of MX VIRTUAL
detectors including self verification, temperature and
CO level indication and superior service functions.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Remote Indicator
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature2
Dimensions
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
275A (typ.)
10mA with LED on
Tyco E500 Mk2
15% to 90% (n/cond)
0C to +50C
109 dia x 43H mm
88g
afp-1425
VF/337 3
814CH

2. The 814CH may be operated between 0 and 20C for short
periods but with reduced performance
3. FPANZ listed as a heat detector as well as a multi-sensor fire
detector.
814PH Photoelectric and Heat Multi-sensor Detector

The 814PH is a state-of-the-art smoke and heat
detector which allows a full set of detection modes
to be implemented in the MX fire alarm panel to
suit most fire detection applications, including
smoke management systems. The smoke sensor
incorporates a unique mousehole design optical
chamber with superior signal to noise ratio providing
high resilience to dust and dirt which means reduced
service costs. A unique chamber cover actually
draws slow moving smoke into the chamber to
provide a more responsive detector. The heat sensor
monitors rate-of-rise and fixed temperature and
has been tested as a detector in its own right. The
814PH has all the features of MX VIRTUAL detectors
including self verification, temperature and smoke
level indication and superior service functions.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Remote Indicator
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Dimensions
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
275A (typ.)
10mA with LED on
Tyco E500 Mk2
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-25C to +70C
109 dia x 43H mm
76g
afp-1424
VF/335 2
814PH

2. FPANZ listed as a heat detector as well as a multi-sensor fire
detector.
814P Photoelectric Smoke Detector

The 814P is a state-of-the-art smoke detector using
a photoelectric sensor which, in conjunction with
the MX fire alarm panel, suits most fire detection
applications. The 814P incorporates a unique
mousehole design optical chamber with superior
signal to noise ratio providing high resilience to
dust and dirt which means reduced service costs. In
addition a unique chamber cover actually draws slow
moving smoke into the chamber to provide a more
responsive detector.
The 814P has all the features of MX VIRTUAL
detectors including self verification and smoke level
indication and superior service functions.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Remote Indicator
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Dimensions
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
The 814H is a flexible cost-effective addressable

heat detector with most of the features of MX
VIRTUAL detectors. The 814H returns the
temperature to the MX fire alarm panel which allows
various detection modes, including all
AS 1603.1 Types and many AS 7240.5 classes,
to be implemented. The 814H uses a high quality
thermistor with very low thermal mass. This allows
the detector to function as a heat detector as well as
providing a fast and accurate temperature display.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Remote Indicator
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Dimensions
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
275A (typ.)
10mA with LED on
Tyco E500 Mk2
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-25C to +70C
109 dia x 43H mm
76g
afp-1699
VF/342
516.800.517
814H Heat Detector

20 to 40Vdc
250A (typ.)
10mA with LED on
Tyco E500 Mk2
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-25C to +70C
109 dia x 43H mm
79g
afp-1427
VF/213
814HCTD
Page 21

814I Ionisation Smoke Detector
Tyco 814I detectors are offered for old specifications
which still call for ionisation smoke detectors. The
814CH and 814PH detectors offer improved
performance and lower false alarms for most smoke
detection applications. The 814I nevertheless offers
reliable detection of visible and invisible fire aerosols
using a dual ionisation chamber in which the air is
ionised by a single radioactive source. In combination
with the SmartSense algorithm, the 814I provides
early detection of hot smouldering and flaming fires,
such as wood, paper etc. Warning: these detectors
contain a small amount of radioactive material
(typically <33.3kBq Americium 241). They are safe
when used as prescribed. Handling, transport and
disposal must be done in accordance with Health
Department regulations.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current (typical)
Alarm Current (max.)
Radioactive Source
Remote Indicator
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Dimensions
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
330A
10mA with LED on
33.3kBq Am241
Tyco E500 Mk2
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-25C to +70C
109 dia x 43H mm
81g
afp-1426
VF/336
814I
VLC-800MX LaserCOMPACTTM
The VLC-800MX LaserCOMPACT detector has
been specifically designed to provide all the benefits
of aspirating smoke detection, including very early
warning, in single small areas and where space is a
premium. The VLC-800MX communicates directly
with the MX1 or MX4428 fire panel via the MX loop
detecting smoke by using proven VESDA aspirating
technology, dual stage filtration technology in
combination with the versatility of the MX4428 and
MX1. The VLC-800MX utilises a standard VESDA
pipe design in accordance with the Aspire design
tool.
Refer to the VESDA section for accessories.
Specifications
External Supply
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Ambient Temp
Sensor Ambient
Sampled Air
Relative Humidity
Alarm Sensitivity
Coverage Area
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number

Conventional and Series 130 Addressable versions
are also available.
Specifications
Dimensions (HWD)
Surface
Flush
Cable Entry (surface)
Protection
Colour
FPANZ Listed
Part Numbers
FP0838
FP0839
18 to 30Vdc
225mA
245mA
-10C to +39C
-20C to +60C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
0.005 to 20%Obs/m
800 m2
225x225x85mm
1.9 kg
afp-1580
VF/341
VLC-800MX
1841MX Manual Call Point

130 x 130 x 67 mm
130 x 130 x 13 mm
20mm Conduit thread
IP23 (Surface)
Red - NZS 7702 #537
VF/646
MX Flush Wormald
MX Surface Wormald
D51MX Duct Sampling Unit

The D51MX consists of a D51 duct sampling
housing fitted with a 5B base wired to suit an MX
analogue addressable 814P or 814PH photoelectric
smoke detector. When fitted with the detector the
DSU is designed to sample air in air conditioning
ducts and pass the air through the smoke detector.
The D51MX is fitted on the outside of the duct to be
sampled allowing easy access for detector servicing
and replacement of the dust filters. To cater for most
duct sizes, a sampling tube extension is available in 3
metre lengths. The Tyco E500 Mk2 Series Remote
Indicators can be used for remote indication of an
alarm.
Part Numbers
D51MX
Duct Sampling Unit
D51L
Baffle box of 10
D51F
Filter box of 10
FP09983 D51T3 3m Sampling Tube
D51K100 Sampling Tube End Cap (pkt of 10)
Page 22
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Duct Pressure2
Duct air velocity for
alarm at 8%Obs/m2
Sampling Tube Length
Max. Duct Width
Remote Indicator
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
CSIRO ActivFire Listed3
2. AS 1603.13-1998 test
3. Listed with 814PH
20 to 40Vdc
275A (typ.)
10mA with LED on
-1.15 to +3.0 kPa
1, 2, 4, 8m/s
160mm minimum
1.8m
E500 Mk2 Series
-10C to +55C
10% to 95% (n/cond)
afp-1496

MX Loop Filter (Interference Suppression)
The MXP Loop Filter board is available for fitment to
an MXP in order to further improve common-mode
interference tolerance as may be required as a
result of the MX detector loop not being adequately
separated from power wiring, lift motors etc.
Part Number
PA1038
The MX Loop Tester can be used to test, commission

and fault-find a loop of MX analogue addressable
detectors and ancillary devices, without having
to connect the loop to a fire panel. Up to 250 MX
devices may be connected. One Person Installation
Mode allows new devices to be installed and
field tested to confirm operation. Addressing
Mode automatically sets the addresses of any unprogrammed device that is added. Walk Test Mode
provides a fast alarm response. A laptop (running
a terminal program) connected to the unit can be
used for operation, display and additional tests and
commands.
Specifications
Power Source
MXP Loop Filter
MX Loop Tester
Dimensions1 (HWD)
Dimensions2 (HWD)
Weight 3
Part Numbers4
FP0898
SU0256
24V batteries or
230VAC to 24V/3A
plug pack
220x122x46mm
250x250x70mm
2kg
Aus/NZ version
AC Adaptor Plug Pack
1. Unit only 2. Carry Bag 3. Excluding batteries

4. FP0898 includes test unit, carry bag, 230VAC plug pack, manual
and loom.
MX Detector Selection Chart

Environment Very Clean and
Benign
Moderately
Clean
Regulated Temp.
Dirty - Smoky
Dusty and/or
Humid
Hot and Smoky
Open Areas
- Clean Room
- Data Processing
- Office
- Light Industrial
- Hospital
- Residential
- Passenger
- Accommodation
- Loading Bay/
Warehouse with
diesel forklifts etc.
- Heavy Industrial
- Ferry (car deck)
- Livestock Pen
- Mill
- Laundry
- Changing Room
- Kitchen
- Engine Room
- Test Beds
- Atrium
- Theatre
- Hanger
- Oil Rig
- Turbine Hall
Dry
For Example
Fire Loading
Probable Risk
Electronic Equipment,
Electrical
Switchgear,
Electric Motors,
Cable, Conduit
Cable pyrolosis
(toxic fumes).
Electrical Arcs
(ignition source).
Associated electrical fire.
Aspirated
814P/814PH
814I
Aspirated
814P/814PH
814P/814PH
Aspirated
Flame
Beam
Fabrics, Clothes,
Soft Furnishings,
Animal Bedding,
Wood Shavings
Smouldering
(difficult to locatetoxic fumes).
Likelihood of
flashover.
Aspirated
814CH
814P/814PH
814CH
814P/814PH
814CH
814P/814PH
814CH
814H
814CH
Flame
Beam
Flammable
Liquids,
Paint,
Solvent,
Flammable Gas,
Unstable Chemicals,
Foodstuffs
Flaming fire
Rapid build-up of
dense smoke.
High temperature.
Associated explosion danger.
Flame
814P/814PH
814I
814CH
814H
Flame
814P/814PH
814I
814CH
814H
Flame
814CH
814H
Flame
814CH
814H
Flame
814H
Flame
Beam
General Organic
Waste,
Animal Fodder,
Wooden Structures,
Solid Fuels
Smoke and Flame.

Initially fairly slow
but high temps.
once established.
814CH
814P/814PH
814I
814CH
814H
814CH
814H
814H
814CH
814CH
Flame
Beam
Plastic,
Chemicals,
Machinery,
Building Materials,
Unknown Contents
Type of risk may

vary as can the
type of fire (may
require a mix of
detection types).
Aspirated
814CH
814P/814PH
814I
Flame
814H
814CH
814P/814PH
814I
814H
Flame
814CH
814P/814PH
814I
Flame
814H
814CH
814P/814PH
Flame
814H
814CH
Flame
Flame
814CH
Beam
This table is for general guidance only and should not be used as a substitute for expert advice.
Detectors in bold typeface indicate the most suitable - other types indicated may not be optimal for reasons of performance or cost, but real situations may require a
combination to cover likely risks. For further guidance, refer to NZS 4512:2003 Appendix H.
Page 23
MX Detector Bases
5BI Isolator Base
The 5BI Isolator Base serves as both a base for an
MX detector and a protection device against loop
short circuits, monitoring the voltage on the MX
addressable loop. When a short circuit is detected,
the 5BI isolates the affected section whilst allowing
the rest of the addressable loop to function normally.
If a detector fitted to the 5BI exhibits a short circuit,
the 5BI will isolate both sides of the loop from the
faulty device without affecting any other device on
the loop. An amber LED indicator on the rim of the
base illuminates whenever the short circuit isolator is
activated. The 5BI can accommodate one of the MX
detectors, or serve as a base for an 814RB.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
20 to 40Vdc
Quiescent Current
80A (max.)
Tripped Current
3.5mA (max.)
IB Units between 5BI bases2 100 (max.)
Indoor Applications Only
Ambient Temperature
-25C to +70C
Relative Humidity
10% to 95% (n/cond)
CSIRO ActivFire Listed with MX detectors
FPANZ Listed
VF/650
Part Number
814IB
The 814RB Addressable Relay Base provides two

sets of changeover volt-free relay contacts capable
of switching 1A (resistive) @30Vdc. The relay
function is controlled by the MX fire alarm panel
via the detector fitted to the 814RB. The 814RB
may be mounted directly to the ceiling or plugged
into a 5B or M614 Universal Base or an 814IB/5BI
Isolator Base.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
20 to 40Vdc
Quiescent Current
50A (max.)
Switching Current
1A @ 30Vdc max.
Indoor Applications Only
Ambient Temperature
-10C to +55C
Relative Humidity
10% to 95% (n/cond)
FPANZ Listed
VF/638
Part Number
814RB

2. Maximum number of devices between 5BI bases is limited to 40
for AS 1670.1-2004 systems.
814RB Relay Base
802SB/901SB Low Power Sounder Bases

The 802SB/901SB Addressable Sounder Bases
provide a sounder function on MX addressable
systems. Designed for indoor use, they require an
associated detector in order to operate, as each
base is controlled by its detector. The detector
must be locked onto the sounder base using the
detector locking device. Removal of the detector
or loss of power to the loop will cause the sounder
to cease sounding. It must be fixed to a flat ceiling
or a suitable electrical backbox with 50mm fixing
centres. The 802SB is identified by a white park clip
and is loop powered. Up to fifty1 802SBs on the loop
may be operated at full volume at any one time. The
901SB is identified by a blue park clip and requires
an external 24Vdc supply. The MX loop will support
up to two hundred1 901SBs on full volume.
The 802SB/901SB supports ISO8201 T3 tones.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
20 to 40Vdc
Quiescent Current
200A (max.)
Alarm Current
6.8mA (max. volume)
Sound Pressure Level 90dBA (max. volume)
Ambient Temp
-25C to +70C
Relative Humidity
Devices per loop2
50 to 200
CSIRO ActivFire Listed with MX4428 (afp-1446)
FPANZ Listed
802SB
VF/421
901SB
VF/423
Part Numbers
516.800.910
802SB Sounder Base
516.800.911
901SB Sounder Base
2. Assuming all 802SBs operate simultaneously: 50 per loop
(High volume); 200 (Low). Refer to relevant manual for design limits.
Note that the 802/901SB cannot plug into a 5B Base or 5BI Isolator
base.
814SB Sounder Base

The 814SB Addressable Sounder Base provides
a sounder function on the MX addressable loop. It
can generate one of three different tones at one of
3 different sound levels. These are set by controls
inside the base. The sounder base is controlled by
the MX4428 c.i.e. via the detector that is plugged
into the base. The Sounder Base may be mounted
directly to the ceiling as usual, or plugged into an
existing 5B or M614 Universal Base or an 814IB/
5BI Isolator Base.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Low Volume
Medium Volume
Full Volume
Sound Pressure Level
Low Volume
Medium Volume
Full Volume
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temp
814SB per Loop2
20 to 40Vdc
400A (max.)
9mA
12mA
15mA
70dBA
80dBA
90dBA
-25C to +70C
24 (max. volume)
30 (med. volume)
40 (min. volume)
FPANZ Listed
VF/637
Part Number
814SB
2. Assuming all devices are same type. Refer to c.i.e. manual.
Page 24

812SB Sounder Base
The 812SB Addressable Sounder Base provides
a sounder function on the MX addressable loop. It
can generate one of eight different tones including
the ISO8201 Temporal 3 tone, selected using a
4-way DIL switch. The sounder base is controlled by
the MX4428 c.i.e. via the detector that is plugged
into the base. The Sounder Base may be mounted
directly to the ceiling as usual, or plugged into a 5B
or M614 Universal Base or an 814IB/5BI Isolator
Base.
Specifications
Operating Voltage1
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temp
812SB per Loop2
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
20 to 40Vdc
0A
24mA
90dBA
-25C to +70C
18
pending
VF/422
516.800.913

1. Assuming all devices are same type. Refer to c.i.e. manual.
5B Universal Base
The 5B Universal Base contains no electronics and
is suitable for indoor applications of the 614 series
collective and 814 series MX analogue addressable
detectors. It provides excellent space for cable
access and terminations. Its larger skirt makes it
suitable as a replacement for the earlier M614 base
to cover any paint rims or covering a larger hole in
the ceiling. It features remote LED connections and
an anti-tamper facility.
Specifications
Operating Temp.
-25C to +75C
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
127 dia x 24H
Weight
63g
CSIRO ActivFire Listed with compatible detectors
Part Numbers
517.050.017
5B Base
The Deckhead Mounting can be used with Tyco

600/800 Series using 5B base, when fitted in
particularly damp or dirty environments. Only
suitable detectors should be used - consult bulletin
GPBD0018. The housing has four 20/25mm cable
breakouts and is secured with two countersunk
screws at 144mm fixing centres. The mounting
surface should be flat over the area of the underside
of the housing to ensure a stable fixing and strong
enough to take the weight of the mounting, detector
base and sensor. Extra Base Accessory Terminals
(BATs) are available (one is supplied).
Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Protection
Part Numbers
517.050.603
517.050.612
DHM-5B Deckhead Mounting

-25C to +70C
up to 95% (non cond.)
163 dia x 42H
200g
IP55
DHM-5B
BAT Kit - pack of 10
(available on request)
Tyco/Minerva Sounder Base Applications Table

Product Code
577.001.035
516.800.910
814SB
516.800.911
812SB
Description
601SB Conventional
802SB MX Low Power
814SB
901SB Universal
812SB
Fire Panel
Conventional only
MX Only
MX Only
MX Only
MX Only
Powered From
24Vdc
MX addressable loop
MX addressable loop
24Vdc
MX addressable loop
Detector required to Operate?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Park Clip Colour
Green
White
White
Blue
White
Current @ 68dBA (min. volume)
1.2mA
1.2mA
9mA
1.2mA
Current @ 90dBA (max. volume)
6.8mA
6.8mA
15mA
6.8mA
Current @ 90dBA (fixed volume)
24mA
Dutch Slow Sweep (7)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Temporal 4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Slow Sweep (3)
Yes
Yes
Yes*
Yes
Yes
March Time Beep (25)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
March Time Beep (26)
Fast Sweep (2)
Yes
Yes
Yes**
Yes
Yes
Temporal 3 (ISO)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Alternating 2 (11)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Alternating 2 (9)
Yes
Continuous (14)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Continuous
Yes***
Yes
(2), (3), (7), (9), (14), (25), (26) = ROSHNI tone number
* Slow sweep = 5 Hz
**Fast Sweep = 15 Hz
*** Continuous Sweep = 825 Hz
Note: New Zealand approvals are for local alerting only (e.g. Type 5, Healthcare, etc.)
Page 25
MX4428 Addressable Responders

MXP Supports MX Addressable Device Technology
The MXP has two major functions:
(i) To provide an interface to an MX4428 responder
(communications/power) loop, via which data
gathered by the MXP may be transferred to the
MX4428 Master for display, annunciation, and
processing as appropriate.
(ii) To provide an interface to the MX Analogue Loop.
Data retrieved from the MX devices connected to
the Analogue Loop is processed to determine the
ALARM/NORMAL/FAULT status of each device,
and this data is passed on to the MX4428 Master
via the MX4428 Loop Interface. The Analogue Loop
interface also allows outputs to be sent to those
devices that support them, to initiate MX device
tests, activate relays, etc.
The MXP is one printed circuit board (1901-213).

The MX Protocol Responder supports up to 200
MX multi-sensor virtual detectors (Photoelectric and
Heat, CO and Heat, Ionisation-only, Heat-only) and
a range of functional bases, addressable callpoints,
input modules, and output modules.
Part Numbers
FP0824 MXP Responder in box
PA0893 PCB Assy 1901-213 MXP Responder
LT0273 MX4428 MXP Technical/Eng Manual
ADR Supports Collective Detector range

The PA0497 version of ADR is the only version
suitable for general use in New Zealand. It supports
four smoke circuits with short circuit defect.
Indicating heat detectors are compatible with
modification - refer to LT0126.
The FP0755 and PA0844 versions of ADR,
typically used in Australia, are only suitable for
special application in New Zealand (e.g. Intrinsically
safe).
Part Numbers
PA0497 PCB 1901-116 ADR 4mA det. current
FP0529 Empty ADR box
For Special Applications:
FP0755 ADR-M 1901-198 4mA 15V MCP in box
PA0844 PCB 1901-200 ADR-M 2.5mA 3k3 EOL
FP0497 and FP0529 ADR, 1901-116 4mA

Detector Current
Multi Protocol Responder (MPR)

The MPR has the following features:
* Supports Series 130 loop & devices
* Supports 2 wire loop/lines up to 2km in length
* Up to 198 addressable devices per loop
* Supports all addressable devices previously
supported by the obsolete AAR: C7xA and P7xA smoke detectors
ADU002
ADU003A
ADU004A
ADU006
SCI-2 Short Circuit Isolators
* Supports Olsen Z54A Addressable Bases
* Improved Analogue Loop fault tolerance. An open
circuit on either wire, anywhere on the loop, will not
affect operation of the devices on the loop. Also,
open circuit of either wire produces a single event
* Up to 32 MPRs per responder loop
Page 26
* Single PCB construction for easier maintenance

and installation
* PCB fits into F3200 card rack for high density
mounting - eg. F4000 19 rack cabinet
The MPR is hardware and software compatible
with the obsolete AAR (2 wire mode only), and can
replace an AAR running in 2 wire loop (line) mode
with no re-programming of the MX4428/F4000
panel.
Up to 99 Detectors and 99 Devices
Part Numbers
FP0575 FP, MPR 1901-141 in box
PA0713 PCB Assy 1901-141 MPR
LT0139 MPR Technical Manual
LT0140 MPR Engineering Manual

Input/Output Responder (IOR)
The IOR is a single 32 Input/32 Output responder which draws its DC operating power from,
and communicates with the MX4428 Fire Indicator Panel via the 4 wire responder loop.
Connection to the MX4428 loop is via demountable screw terminals. Field connection of
inputs/outputs is provided by screw terminals on separate termination boards. These connect
to the IOR by 26-way Flat Ribbon Cables (FRCs) which must be ordered separately.
The IOR is configured by DIL switches for base address, number of equivalent ADRs, input
type and number of output boards. The MX4428 Master is programmed as if the equivalent
configuration of ADRs and Relay Responders (ARR) were present. The IOR inputs can be
used for monitoring clean contacts open collectors or TTL outputs. The IOR outputs are
open collector and can be used with an IOR Output Termination Board to switch LEDs, etc.
Alternatively the IOR can connect directly to 16-Way Relay Boards. There is a nominal 650mA
current limited 24V output to power the LEDs, relay coils, etc. Please note that current to drive
these outputs is drawn off the responder loop, unless supplied externally.
PA0473 IOR Controller Board1901-72
16-Way Relay Board (IOR)
The 16-way Relay Boards may be connected to

either or both of the Output connectors on the IOR to
provide 16 or 32 clean contact relay outputs. A 1.4m
26-way FRC (LM0056) is supplied with the relay
board for connection to the IOR
FRC 26W Style B for IOR

LM0044,45,46,56
These assembled 26-way FRCs are available to
connect the IOR to termination boards. Cables should
be selected according to the particular mounting
requirements. (See below for lengths).
PA0470 16-Way Relay Board 1901-64 c/w

LM0056
Input and Output Termination Boards (IOR)
PA0474 IOR 32-Way Input Termination 1901-73-1
The IOR Input and Output Termination Boards allow

termination of up to 1.5sq mm field wiring in screw
terminals. The termination board is connected to the
IOR using 26-way FRC (One FRC is required for each
16 circuits). The termination boards are available for
16 or 32 inputs or outputs. A 32-way termination
board is the same size as a 16 way relay board and
fits the same mounting hole pattern. A 16-way
termination board is a 32-way board separated in
half.
For more information, refer to the IO-NET section.
PA0475 IOR 32-Way Output Termination

1901-73-2
Part Numbers
Protected Termination Boards
PA0474
32W Input Protect. Term. Board
PA0475
32W Output Protect. Term. Board
PA0479
16W Input Termination Board
(obtain by separating PA0474 in two)
PA0480
16W Output Termination Board
(obtain by separating PA0475 in two)
Unprotected Termination Boards
PA0483
16W Unprotected Term.Bd, no resist.
PA0769
16W Unprotect. Term Bd c/w resist.
Looms & Cables
LM0044
FRC, 26W Style B, 2m
LM0045
FRC, 26W Style B, 5m
LM0046
FRC, 26W Style B, 0.5m
LM0056
FRC, 26W Style B,1.4m
Responder Relay Module (RRM)
PA0453 RRM PCB 1901-15
The Responder Relay Module (RRM) is an optional

add-on board to an ADR. When added the responder
the combination is referred to as an Advanced Relay
Responder (ARR). The RRM provides four relay
outputs, which may be individually configured as
supervised or not.
The RRM provides a current limited 24V output
(100mA), which may be used to power external
equipment, as long as it is wired through NO relay
contacts.
The RRM must be used on ADRs with software

versions V1.01 or greater, to provide RRM present
monitoring.
Part Number
PA0453 PCB Assy 1901-15 RRM
Page 27

MX4428/F4000 Loop Booster
The MX4428/F4000 Loop Booster overcomes

problems such as Responder loop voltage drop
and excessive loop length that would otherwise
necessitiate a restriction in responders or the use of
thicker loop cable.
By providing additional power supply capacity to
an MX4428/F4000 loop, the Loop Booster is a
practical and cost-effective means of overcoming
these problems, thus enabling extension of the
loop length, additional Responders, or smaller cable

size to be used. In fact, one loop Booster will allow
three times the loop current, loop length, or 1/3
the cable resistance. The use of Loop Boosters in an
MX4428/F4000 system completely overcomes
loop voltage drop as a practical limit to system size
and allows a loop to be extended until the 127
Responder limit is reached.
The Loop Booster contains its own batteries and
charger and when placed in the loop, provides power
to a section of the loop and monitors the other. If the
voltage on the monitored side falls below 17.0V then
the Loop Booster supplies power to this leg as well.
It checks at regular intervals to see if the normally
monitored leg can self-establish a voltage of greater
than 17.0V.
The Loop Booster has an ADR and RRM built into it
allowing fault and control signals to be conveyed to
and from the FIP via the Loop communications. The
Loop Booster is able to perform a local battery test
and to energise the power supply for the monitored
leg of the loop. It can transmit signals to the FIP
(e.g. battery test fail, battery low, battery fail and/or
charger fault) as well as a monitored leg voltage fail.
Remote activation of the battery test and loop relay
can be carried out at the FIP by using an ACZ and
suitable output logic equations.
Specifications
Power
Battery Requirements
Operating Temperature
Relative Humidity
Operating Currents
Booster Board
Indicators
Output Relay Rating
Output Terminals1
240 VAC +6%,

-10% 50Hz, 150W
As per FIP
-5C to +45C
10% to 90% (n/cond)
40 mA nominal
8 mA per LED
5 A (Emergency Feed)
+VNBF
27V nom, 1.6A fuse

not battery backed
+VBF
27V nom, 1.6A fuse
battery backed2
Material
1.6mm mild steel
Finish
Cream Wrinkle
powdercoat
Dimensions (HWD)
680x470x167mm
Weight
16 kg (no batteries)
Max. Battery Size (HWD) 170x165x125mm
(for each battery)
Part Numbers
PA0463
FP0487
LT0377
PCB Loop Booster 1901-35

Loop Booster 1901-36
Loop Booster Manual
1. Outputs for wiring to relay contacts etc.

2. Battery charging capability is determined by: Booster operating current
ADR loop current
other standing loads

The IO-NET programmable controller is a standalone or networkable unit that can be used to
provide similar functions to a traditional logic
controller. It can also be programmed to monitor
the F3200/MX4428 RZDU protocol or provide
versatile AS1668 air-handling control and indication
functions. Multiple IO-NET units may be connected
together (2-wire bus) to provide low cost point-topoint or distributed telemetry for multiple locations.
IO-NET can support at least 32 controllers on a
1mm2 line up to 3km long. Modem and fibre optic
options allow operation over longer distances or
in noisy environments. The 32 inputs at each IONET module are transmitted to its pair for output
on the 32 outputs, giving bi-directional transfer of
information over the 2 wires. Multiple pairs may in
fact be placed on the same physical 2 wires to save
on cabling costs for large systems and allow easy
expansion of existing systems.
This default mode of operation will only require

setting up the DIP switches on the IOR, no factory or
on-site programming is required.
Part Numbers
PA0498 PCB 1901-117 IO-NET Controller
PA0474 PCB 1901-73-1 IO-NET 32W Input
PA0475 PCB 1901-73-2 IO-NET 32W Output
PA0481 PCB 1904-100 RZDU/RS232 I/F
PA0483 PCB 1901-103 IOR Unprotected Term
PA0470 PCB 1901-64 16W Relay board
PA0700 PCB 1901-120 IO-NET Programmer
PA0769 PCB 16W Unprotected Term. & resistors
SF0239 IO-NET Controller software V2.01
LM0044 FRC 26W Style B, 2m
LM0045 FRC 26W Style B, 5m
LM0046 FRC 26W Style B, 0.5m
LM0056 FRC 26W Style B, 1.4m
LT0115 IO-NET Users Manual
ME0088 IOR/IO-NET Cabinet
IO-NET Controller
Each IO-NET Controller has 32
digital inputs and can provide up to
32 programmable outputs. From
this starting point the system can
be expanded up to a maximum
of 128 Controllers on one IO-NET
communications network. At least
32 Controllers can be supported
on a 1mm2 pair up to 3 km long.
PA0498 IO-NET Controller
Page 28
Specifications
Dimensions
Weight
Power Supply
270x165x25 mm
310g
24Vdc
Part Numbers
PA0498 PCB 1901-117 IO-NET Controller
SF0239 IO-NET Controller Software V2.01
(replacement when program memory
becomes full)

IO-NET Programming Unit
The IO-NET Programming Unit transfers the program
to the IO-NET Controller PROMs. The Programming
Unit is supplied complete with a cable to connect to
a PC, the compiler programming software and the
user manual.
An external 24Vdc supply is required.
IO-NET is also able to be programmed using
SmartConfig Version 1.6 onwards. If the IO-NET site
specific configuration is stored in read-only memory.
It may be re-programmed multiple times before
requiring replacement (SF0239).
Specifications
Dimensions (mm)
240 x 180 x 50 (LWH)
Weight
700g
Part Numbers
PA0700
SF0239
IO-NET Programmer
IO-Net Controller Software
V2.01 (replacement
when full)
IO-NET 16-Way and 32-Way Protected Termination Boards

The 16 Input and 32 Input, along with the 16 and 32 Output Protected Termination Boards are used for connecting field wiring to the IO-NET Controller. These
termination boards include transient suppression components to protect the IO-NET from electrical transients. They must be used to terminate all IO-NET Controller
cabling that extends beyond the IO-NET enclosure. The termination board is connected to the IOR using 26-way FRC (One FRC is required for each 16 circuits).
PA0474 IO-NET 32W Input
Specifications
Cable Termination
Dimensions
32-Way
16-Way
Weight
32-Way
16-Way
Part Numbers
PA0474
PA0475
PA0479
PA0480
1.5mm2 max.
270 x 93 x 23 mm
135 x 93 x 23 mm
200g
100g
PA0475 IO-NET 32W Output
32W Input Protect. Bd

32W Output Prot. Bd
16W Input Term. Bd (obtain
by separating PA0474 in two)
16W Output Term. Bd (obtain
by separating PA0475 in two)
IO-NET 16-Way Unprotected Termination Boards
PA0483
PA0769
Unprotected Termination Boards are small printed

circuit boards providing direct screw terminations
for 16 inputs or 16 outputs of an IO-NET Controller.
No transient protection is provided so these boards
should only be used where the wiring is not extended
beyond the IO-NET Controller enclosure. Typical uses
include connection of mimic indicators and control
panel switches to an IO-NET Controller. A version of
this board is available for connection to LEDs without
their own current limiting. The current limiting 3k3
series resistors sets the current to approximately 7
mA from 24Vdc. High efficiency LEDs must be used.
Specifications
Cable Termination
Dimensions
Weight
Part Numbers
PA0483
The 16-Way Relay Board has

the same physical dimensions
and footprint as the 32
Way Protected Termination
Board. It comes complete
with a 1.4 metre 26-way flat
ribbon cable (LM0056) for
connection to one of the IONET output connectors.
Specifications
Relay Coil Current
Relay Contacts
PA0769
1.5mm2 max.
69 x 46 x 18 mm
100g
16W Unprotected Term.
Bd, no resistors
16W Unprotect. Term Bd
c/w resistors.
IO-NET 16-Way Relay Board
Contact Configuration
Cable Termination
Dimensions
Weight
Part Number
PA0470
12mA @ 24 Vdc
30V 2A resistive,
1A inductive
Single pole, changeover
1.5mm2 max.
270 x 93 x 25 mm
350g
PCB 1901-64 16W
Relay board
RZDU to RS-232 Interface Board

The RZDU to RS232 Interface is a small printed
circuit board that converts Remote Zone Display
Unit serial communications from a fire indicator
panel into RS232 compatible signals. This module
is required for an IO-NET Controller to receive
information from an F3200/MX4428/F4000 fire
alarm panel.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Dimensions
Weight
Part Number
PA0481
17 to 30 Vdc
5mA
104 x 72 x 23 mm
100g
PCB 1904-100
RZDU/RS232 I/F
Page 29
Analogue Addressable 130 Series Detectors

The 130 series are a range of low-profile Analogue Addressable fire detectors. These unobtrusively-styled detectors have a number of unique design features to
improve their operation, installation and ease of servicing. Using the Vigilant MX4428, up to 99 detectors and 99 modules can be supported per MPR, with analogue
addressable loop length up to 2000 metres. The advanced SmartSense Algorithm, unique to MX4428, significantly reduces response to non-fire phenomena. The
detector address is set by rotary decade switches on the back of the detector. Two indicating LEDs can be programmed via the FIP to blink as the detector is polled and
show constant red when in alarm.
C131A Ion Smoke

The C131A dual-chamber ionisation smoke detector
contains a state-of-the-art sensing chamber and
analogue communication electronics. Used in
conjunction with the Vigilant MX4428 panel, the
C131A has a high degree of false alarm immunity
thanks to the advanced SmartSense algorithms.
The detector mounts on the Z131A or Z132A base
and is designed to provide open area protection. Two
LEDs on each detector illuminate during alarm to
provide 360 alarm indication. An optional remote
LED can also be fitted
The indented circle on the cover of the C131A
differentiates it from the visually similar P131A.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Quiescent Current (max.)
External Output Drive (max.)
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
Remote Indicator
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
15 to 28Vdc
250A
10mA
5mA
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-5C to +45C
160g
E500 Mk2 Series
afp-957
VF/301
SS0699
C131A Analogue Ion
P131A Photoelectric Smoke

The P131A photoelectric smoke detector contains
a state-of-the-art sensing chamber and analogue
communication electronics. Used in conjunction
with the Vigilant MX4428 panel, the P131A has a
high degree of false alarm immunity thanks to the
advanced SmartSense algorithms.
LED can also be fitted.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
Remote Indicator
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
SS0698
15 to 28Vdc
250A
10mA
5mA
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-5C to +45C
170g
E500 Mk2 Series
afp-956
VF/302
P131A Analogue
Photo
T131A Heat
The T131A heat detector is a state-of-the-art dual
thermistor detector with analogue communication
electronics. Used in conjunction with the Vigilant
MX4428 panel, the T131A has a high degree
of false alarm immunity thanks to the advanced
SmartSense algorithms. It is panel programmable
to either Type A (with Rate Of Rise) orType B (fixed
temperature only) to maximise system design
flexibility.
LED can also be fitted.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
Remote Indicator
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
SS0697
The P132A Addressable Laser Smoke Detector is

a very high sensitivity smoke detector that utilises
a laser photoelectric sensing chamber, providing
significant improvements in signal-to-noise ratio
compared with an LED light source. The detector
is designed to provide open area detection for
clean environments, or cubicle detection for high
value equipment. The P132A Laser mounts to the
Z131A base or Z132A Sounder Base, both of which
incorporate a tamper resistance feature that can
prevent removal of the detector without the use of
a tool.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current (LED on)
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
Dimensions
Sensitivity
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
LZR1M
15 to 28Vdc
250A
10mA
5mA
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-5C to +45C
140g
E500 Mk2 Series
afp-955
VF/205
T131A Analogue
Thermal
P132A Laser Smoke
Page 30
15 to 32Vdc
230A to 330A
6.5mA (max.)
10% to 93% (n/cond)
0 to +40C
150g
155 dia x 89 H mm
0.6% to 4.5% Obs/m
afp-1438
VF/334
P132A Analogue Laser

P135A/2251TMB Acclimate
The P135A/2251TMB is a photoelectric smoke
detector with supplementary 57C thermal. The
Acclimate uses advanced on-board software to
combine the signals from the photo and thermal
elements. This software creates a true multicriteria
detector capable of rejecting nuisance sources,
but still responding quickly to real fires. It has the
capability of adjusting its sensitivity according to the
type of environment that it is installed in.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Weight
Ambient Temperature
Relative Humidity
UL Listed Velocity Range
15 to 32 Vdc peak
300 A @ 24 Vdc
10 mA @ 24 Vdc (on)
51 x 155 mm
147 g
0C to 38C
10% to 93% (n/cond)
0 to 20 m/s
(suitable for installation in ducts)
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
2251TMB
SS/351
Acclimate Multi-Sensor
Z132A Sounder Base

The Z132A Sounder Base provides mounting
facilities and an inbuilt audible alarm for the 130
Series detectors. The sounder actuates whenever its
associated detector enters an alarm state, providing
a 90dB signal at a distance of 3 metres. To ensure
that the sounder operation does not interfere with
normal detector operation, the Z132A requires
a separate 24Vdc supply that is electrically and
physically separated from the detector supply. For
supervision of the 24V line, an ADM131 Monitor
Module and 24V relay may be used. For activation of
a group of sounders from any one group of detectors,
an ADC130 Control Module and 24V relay is used.
Specifications
Sounder Supply Voltage 17 to 32Vdc
Sounder On Current
15mA
Sounder Off Current
1mA
Loop Current (quiescent) nil
Loop Current (alarm)
700A
Quiescent Current (max.) 250A
Sounder Output
90dBA at 3m
Relative Humidity
10% to 95% (n/cond)
Ambient Temperature
-5C to +45C
57 x 152 mm
Weight
187g
CSIRO ActivFire Listed with 130 series detectors
FPANZ Listed
VF/413
Part Number
SS0778
Z132A Sounder Base
The Z131A Detector Base should be mounted on a

flat surface with suitable fasteners.
Specifications
Weight
Part Number
130 Series Detector Bases
SS0777
20 x 102 mm
152g
Z131A Analogue Detector
Base
D51Z131 Duct Sampling Unit

The D51Z131 Duct Sampling Unit consists of
a D51B duct housing fitted with a Z131 base in
readiness for fitting an analogue addressable P131A
photoelectric smoke detector. The DSU is designed
to sample air in air conditioning ducts and pass the
air through the smoke detector. The D51Z131 is
fixed on the outside of the duct to be sampled,
allowing easy access for detector servicing and
replacement of the dust filter. To cater for most
duct sizes, a sampling tube extension is available
in 3 metre lengths. The Tyco E500 Mk2 Series
Remote Indicators can be used for remote indication
of an alarm.
Specifications
Duct Pressure*
-1.15 to +3.0 kPa
Sampling Tube Length
160mm minimum
Max. Duct Width
1.8m
Remote Indicator
E500 Mk2 Series
Ambient Temperature
-5 to +45C
Relative Humidity
10% to 95% (non-cond.)
Not CSIRO ActivFire Listed
Part Numbers
FP0999
D51Z131 Z131 base fitted
D51L
Baffle box of 10
D51F
Filter box of 10
FP09983
D51T3 3m Sampling
Tube
D51K100
Sampling Tube End Cap
(packet of 10)
*AS 1603.13-1998 test
1841 Series 130 Manual Call Point

Conventional and MX Addressable versions are also
available.
Specifications
Dimensions (HWD)
Surface
Flush
Cable Entry (surface)
Protection
Colour
FPANZ Listed
Part Numbers
FP0667
FP0668
130 x 130 x 67 mm
130 x 130 x 13 mm
20mm Conduit thread
IP23 (Surface)
Red - NZS 7702 #537
VF/610
Series 130 Flush
Series 130 Surface
Page 31
Analogue Addressable 130 Series Modules

ADS130 Short Circuit Isolator
The ADS130 short circuit isolator protects MPR
analogue addressable loops against short circuits.
When a loop short circuit occurs between ADS130s
they disconnect the section of the cable containing
the short, allowing the rest of the loop to continue
to function. ADS130s are usually placed between
zones so that a short circuit will affect only one
zone and any loss of detection capability will be
minimised. The ADS130 isolators automatically
connect the loop at power-up and after removal of a
short circuit. An inbuilt yellow LED provides a visual
indication of isolator status.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Supply Current (shorted o/p)
ADS130s per MPR
Max. no. Devices betwn ADS
Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
The ADC130 Control Module is used to switch

external loads. The ADC130 has two modes of
operation. In switched supply mode, it switches an
external power source through supervised wiring to
a load. By using an external relay, the power supply
can also be supervised. In isolated relay mode, the
module provides an isolated SPST relay.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
18 to 28Vdc
Quiescent Current (max.) 250A
Supply Current (max.)
6mA
Relay Contact Rating (max.)
Resistive
2A 30Vdc
Inductive
1A 30Vdc
100V Audio Line
30 watts
Supervised Line Length 100m
Cable Size
1 to 4 mm2
Relative Humidity
10% to 95% (n/cond)
Ambient Temperature
-5C to +45C
Weight
140g
afp-1446
FPANZ Listed
SS/604
Part Number
ADC130
15 to 32Vdc
300A @ 24Vdc
11mA
15 max.
25
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-5C to +45C
140g
afp-1446
SS/605
ADS130
ADC130 Control Module
The ADC130 incorporates a magnet-actuated test

that checks the operation of the modules electronics
and fire panel interface. An inbuilt LED provides
indication of module status. The fascia plate provides
an aesthetic cover for the module when it is surface
mounted.
ADM130 Monitor Module

The ADM130 is an addressable input module that
allows the connection of hard contact detection
devices. The modules two wire input is supervised
for faults. An LED indicator allows visual monitoring
of the modules status. The ADM130 incorporates
a magnet actuated test that checks the operation of
the modules electronics and fire panel interface.An
output is provided for connection to a remote LED
indicator. Suitable remote indicators allow visual
indication of the modules alarm status
Specifications
Operating Voltage
External Output Drive
Supervised Line Length
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
18 to 28Vdc
250A
10mA
5mA max.
100m max.
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-5C to +45C
130g
afp-1446
SS/601
ADM130
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Lead Length
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
18 to 28Vdc
250A
100m max.
150mm
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-5C to +45C
35g
afp-1446
SS/602
ADM131
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Lead Length
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
18 to 28Vdc
250A
6mA
100m max.
150mm
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-5C to +45C
35g
afp-1446
SS/603
ADM133
ADM131 Mini Monitor Module

devices.
The modules two wire zone input is supervised for
faults. The ADM131 is easily addressed using two
robust rotary switches.
ADM133 Micro Monitor Module

devices.
The modules two wire input is supervised for faults.
An output is provided for connection to a remote
LED indicator. Suitable remote indicators allow visual
indication of the modules alarm status.
Page 32
Detector Accessories & Remote Indicators

Accessories
PA0838 ZAU401 Zone Adaptor Unit
The ZAU401 (Rev 2) can be thought of as a single
zone circuit module that can be added to different
panels to make them compatible with specific
detectors. For example, it can be used with the
S231i+ flame detector. (Refer PBG0080). In
addition, the AZC characteristics of the ZAU401
make it particularly suitable for Intrinsically Safe
applications when used with I.S. barriers (refer
PBG0081). The ZAU401 (Rev 2) can support up to
2mA of quiescent detector current and uses a 3k9
5% ELD resistor. The detectors must provide current
limiting in alarm, or a series resistor must be included

to limit the alarm current to below 100mA or lower
if the detector has a lower maximum alarm current
rating. Its output voltage in alarm (to the panel) is
compatible with most panels, and the ELD used
(panel side) is that from the original panel. It operates
directly off the 24V panel supply, and draws
approximately 20mA in the normal condition. The
ZAU401 monitors the voltage provided by the panel
to its Zone+ input, and when this disappears during
a reset operation the ZAU401 turns off the supply to
its detectors thus resetting them as well.
Wire Guard
Detector cages are available in a
range of sizes to cater for most of
the detectors that are available
through Tyco Safety Products.
These protective cages are
suitable for applications where
unprotected devices would be
vulnerable to accidental damage.
Part Numbers
FA0129
95mm dia x 65mm deep (VIGIL)
WA1000 200mm dia x 85mm deep (Bell)
WA1002 120mm dia x 90mm deep
Round Remote Indicators

The E500 Mk2 range of remote indicators provide
remote indication of an alarm condition on a fire
detector. They are used where the fire detector is
installed in an inaccessible location, and indication of
alarm must be provided in an easily accessible area.
For example, where the detectors are in roof spaces
or cupboards, under the floor, or in hotel rooms, and
indication is required in the room or corridor.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Alarm Current (min.)
Luminous Intensity
Dimensions (H x Dia)
Mounting
Relative Humidity
Ambient Temperature
Part Number
E521
4.5 to 30Vdc
1.6mA
25mA@45C
15mA@75C
as per AS2362.25
14 (+5 for LED) x 72 mm
2x 4.8 holes
@ 50 mm centres
10% to 95% (n/cond)
-5C to +75C
Fire Alarm in Concealed Space
Fire Panel Spares & Ancillaries

Key Switches
Bulgin Key Switches
Part Numbers
SW0012 1-Pole key unremoveable in operated
position
SW0078 2-Pole key unremoveable in operated
position
SW0093 2-Pole key removeable in any position
SW0117 1-Pole key removeable in any position
HW0213 Spare key (included in all parts above)
SW0018 3 Position keyswitch - includes 003 keys
Note: All switches have changeover contacts.
HW0040 Cam-Lock - includes 003 keys
Page 33

ME0433 TEV Plate
ME0433 consists of a set of (Trial) Evacuation and
Silence Alarms 2-pole 2-way Bulgin keyswitches,
pre-assembled and wired on a labelled metal plate.
Both of these switches have their key removable
in one position only to comply with NZS 4512:
2003. The unit is designed to directly replace the
MCP blanking plate in the standard 15U MX4428
configuration, but could also be used in other cabinet
configurations, or be mounted directly to an index.
Specifications
Cable Length
Dimensions
A range of special V-Modems are available to

provide signalling of up to 7 voltage free signals
from one location to another (point to point). These
consist of a sender (with inputs) and a receiver (with
relay outputs) and operate over different types of
communication media. These may be supplied
under other part numbers as they may be built up in
cabinets with PSUs, etc.
The sender SM0247 and its receiver SM0248,
sends 6 inputs to 6 relays, PF input to relay, comms
fail output at sender and receiver. It uses built-in
VF modem and requires a 2-wire full duplex (bidirectional) link using copper wire, leased line or
other derived audio circuit.
The sender SM0278 and its receiver SM0279,
sends 6 inputs to 6 relays plus comms fail output at
receiver. It uses RS232 port, requires single direction
(Sender to Receiver) link using RS232, RS485, fibre
optic cable, or a derived RS232 link that supports
9600 baud, 8 data bits plus even parity. SM0278/
SM0279 each include an OSD139AF Fibre Modem.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Power Consumption
Operating Current
Inputs/Outputs
Serial
Features
Connects to MX1, F3200, F4000, MX4428,
NDU, NLDU or PTM via RZDU port
16 Digital Inputs
Automatically sends text messages on panel or
input changes of state
Unrecognised strings can be sent to specially
mapped agents
Supports alphanumeric pagers and SMS-capable
cell phones
In-built GSM or CDMA data modem, or external
modem, or direct connection to paging system
Uses PET/TAP protocol to paging system
Dial-in access for programming and diagnostics
Different zone events can be sent to different users
60 users on pagers/cell phones
Available as packaged unit with mains PSU or
radio data modem, or board set
Valid SIM card & coverage reqd for GSM version
Billing acct & coverage reqd for CDMA version
Specifications
PSU Mains Voltage 240Vac (50 Hz) (+6%, -10%)
Power Consumption (mains) 5W
Nom. Output Voltage (+V) 13.7V
Nom. +VNB Voltage 14.4V
Quiescent Current
95mA (typ) battery (mains off)
CDMA/GSM ext. PSU 10-28Vdc 480mA
Dimensions (HWD) 295x240x80 mm
Part Numbers
FP0711
TPI in cabinet,
c/w PSU, no modem
FP0867
TPI in cabinet c/w GSM phone,
no PSU
FP0942
TPI in cabinet c/w CDMA
phone, no PSU
PA0640
TPI PCB only
PA0790
16-way clean contact input
board
Part Number
ME0433
1m
80 x 80 x 35 mm (HWD)
T/Evac and Silence Alarm
Switch on Plate
V-Modem
V-Modem is an intelligent RS232 2400 baud

modem that can be programmed to operate over
either dial-up PSTN (Public Switched Telephone
Network) lines or leased lines. It is designed to allow
fire alarm equipment that is normally connected
using RS232, RS485 or similar to operate over
much longer distances, or to be remotely accessed
via a dial-up PSTN connection.
Modem
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
FP0778
LM0164
LM0165
LM0166
LM0168
LT0243
SM0247
SM0248
SM0278
SM0279
9.5 to 29Vdc
1.2W
50mA @24V, 100mA @ 12V
RS-232, RJ-45
19200/9600/4800/2400
/1200 8, no parity, 1 stop
RJ11, 2400 baud
-5C to +45C
< 95% (non-cond.)
100 x 174 x 78 mm (HWD)
VF/633
V-Modem
Loom RJ45 to DB25M 2.5m
Loom DB25F to DB9F 2m
Loom RJ45 to DB9F 2.5m
Loom DB9M to 4W Molex
V-Modem Users Manual
V-Modem Special 6 I/P
V-Modem Special 6 O/P
V-Modem Special 6 I/P F/O
V-Modem Special 6 O/P F/O
Telepager Interface (TPI)
The Telepager Interface (TPI) receives alarm and fault

events from a fire panel, or from 16 digital inputs, and
selectively generates text messages to alphanumeric
pagers or text message capable (SMS) mobile
phones to notify users of the events.
Programming determines which zone events to send
to which users.
Page 34

RS485 Network Interface
PA0711 RS485 Comms PCB 1901-139-1 Plugon (Modem connection to MX4428 Main Board
- external power). The PA0711 can be used to
interface an MX4428 FIP with the RS485 network.
The board is mounted on the modem connector,
located at the top of the MX4428 Main Board.
Specifications
PA0712 RS485 to RS232 PCB 1901139-2 (RS232 to RS485 - external power).

It is used to convert between RS485 and
RS232 level signals. Because RS485
links can be much longer than RS232, the
PA0712 can be used to transmit serial data
over long cables between devices which
have RS232 serial ports (eg between the
F4000 printer port and the printer). It can also be used to interface a PC with the RS485
network. It comes with LM0065, a 500mm long cable with both RS232 DB9 socket and
plug fitted.
PA0711 PA0712 PA0773

Operating. Voltage
Ext.24V
8.5 to 30Vdc
J2 5V
4.8 to 5.2Vdc
Quiescent Current
RX only 24V 24mA
26mA
RX only 5V 2mA
26mA
26mA
TX act. 24V 50mA
75mA
TX act. 5V
25mA
75mA
75mA
Relative Humidity
10% to 95% (n/cond)
Ambient Temperature
-5C to +75C
FPANZ Listed
VF/636
Dims (mm)
130x50 156x50 156x50
Part Numbers
PA0711
RS485 PCB Plug-on (ext pwr)
PA0712
RS485 to RS232 (ext pwr)
PA0773
RS485 CMOS FRC only
PA0773 RS485 Comms CMOS PCB 1901-139-3 FRC Only (FRC connection - including
power). The PA0773 is used to interface an F3200 FIP, MX4428 FIP, PTM, NLDU,
MODBUS BRIDGE, RDU or NDU with the RS485 network. This RS485 Communication
Board is mounted on four metal stand-offs, which are used for earthing the PCB. This RS485
board connects to the controller board via a 10 way FRC (LM0172 included in kit), which is
also used to power the RS485 Board.
I-HUB
The I-HUB performs bridging and routing functions for devices on the Panel-Link network,
supporting ring, multi-drop and point to point networks. It can assist in reducing congestion on
large networks by using its filtering and routing capabilities.
The I-HUB has five network ports; which allow the I-HUB to be connected to a network of devices or
to a single device. Messages received on one port can be routed to any or all of the other ports.
Ports 1 & 2 are 2 or 4 wire RS485, Ports 3 & 4 are RS232. Port 5 is a TTL level serial port.
PA0839 Panel-Link I-HUB PCB
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
FPANZ Listed
9.6 to 28Vdc
140mA (9.6V) to 85mA (28V)
-5C to +45C
0 to 95% (non/cond)
265 x 95 x 25 (LWH)
0.25kg
VF/634
I-HUB Ordering Codes

FP0770 1931-102, NDU to Ring NET upgrade kit
PA0839 mounted on deeper backplate, LM0152,
LM0065, mounting hardware.
FP0771 MX4428/F3200, Ring NET upgrade kit
Includes PA0839 on DIN rail, LM0151, LM0152,
LM0065. Note an F3200 may require an IC0358 to
be fitted to U13.
PA0839 PCB assy, ECM9603 PANEL-LINK I-HUB
Includes I-HUB PCB, software, LM0065
KT0144 PMB/TPI RS485 support module kit
Includes PA0712, LM0084, mounting hardware
PA0773 PCB 1901-139-3, RS485 bd, TTL
PA0868 PCB 1931-110, CMOS RS232 interface
PA0878 PCB 1931-118, CMOS/TTL signal splitter
PA0880 PCB 1931-119, DB25 to 10 way FRC

Includes a zener diode, dropping resistor for PSU.
LM0065 10-way FRC connector to DB9M & DB9F
(ribbon cable - suppllied with I-HUB)
LM0076 DB9F to DB9F null modem cable
LM0084 10 way FRC to 10 way FRC 0.35m
LM0091 10 way FRC to 10 way FRC 0.5m
LM0151 10-way FRC to Molex crossover cable,
(Port 5 to MX4428 molex Modem connector)
LM0152 10-way FRC to 10-way FRC special
crossover cable (Port 5 to MX4428/F3200 10-way
network connector)
LM0160 10 way FRC to 10 way FRC 1m
LT0229 I-HUB Users Manual
MODBUS Bridge (MBB)
The Modbus Bridge (MBB) is designed to translate data from an IO-NET network and/or MX4428/F3200
fire alarm panel RZDU output to a Modbus communication line. It does so by monitoring the IO-NET network
and/or the MX4428/F3200 panel, as appropriate, and storing the information it receives in its database. The
bridge is also able to send data received from the MODBUS master onto the IO-NET network, to enable the
MODBUS master to control outputs on IO-NET controllers. It is available packaged in a cabinet or as a board set
for incorporation into other equipment. MODBUS communications options are RS232 or RS485.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Part Numbers
FP0675
FP0705
FP0706
FP0707
SF0144
SF0220
19 to 28.5Vdc
25mA (RS232) 50mA (RS485)
-5C to +45C
0 to 95% (non/cond)
450 x 280 x 80 (LWH)
4kg
MODBUS Bridge, RS232
MODBUS Bridge, RS232 set
MODBUS Bridge, RS485
MODBUS Bridge, RS485 set
S/w, MODBUS Bridge, V1.02
S/w, MODBUS Bridge, IO-NET
I/F V2.01
Page 35

Panel-Link MODBUS Bridge (PMB)
The Panel-link Modbus Bridge (PMB) is designed to

translate data from Vigilant fire alarm systems on a
Panel-link network to a Modbus communication line.
The PMB not only monitors the Panel-link network,
but also provides a means of direct control over the
fire systems. The PMB database contains data on the
states and conditions of fire panels, as

well as zone and point information. A
Modbus master can access this data
by polling the relevant addresses of the
PMB and can write to holding registers
sending network variables and issuing
commands to panels on the Panellink network. The PMB has 16 I/O
ports which can be read and written
to by the Modbus Master. The PMB is available as
a standalone circuit board or in a cabinet complete
with power supply. Modbus communications is
RS232 as standard, with RS485 as an option
(KT0144).
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Part Numbers
FP0699
PA0639
SF0165
KT0144
PA0790
230Vac 5W (FP0699)
9.6 to 28Vdc (PCB only)
135mA (9.6V) to 85mA (28V)
-5C to +45C
0 to 95% (non/cond)
265 x 95 x 25 (PCB only)
450 x 280 x 80 (FP0699)
4kg (FP0699)
0.25kg (PCB only)
PMB c/w PSU
PCB ECM9603 PMB
S/ware PMB V1.22 EPROM
Kit PMB RS485 Module
PCB 16-way I/O Board
Network LED Display Unit (NLDU)
The NLDU/PLB has multiple functions. It can operate as a bridge between a Panel-Link network and remote
MX4428 panel connected to the NLDU via modems and a 4-wire leased circuit; it can display the status of
network zones on LED display boards; it can perform network system event printing; it provides an RZDU
protocol serial output on which it transmits the status of its LEDs or a logical combination of zone states. A
single NLDU device may perform some or all of these functions simultaneously.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
24Vdc
Operating Current
150mA (excluding LEDs)
Dimensions (mm)
446 x 276 x 65 (pkgd)
Part Numbers
FP0695 NLDU Board Set, 1942-6
Includes PA0804, PA0703, PA0773, mounting
hardware
FP0696 NLDU, Packaged, 1942-5
Includes slimline surf mnt cab, PA0804, PA0703,
PA0773, mounting hardware
PA0804 PCB 1931-84-1, Ctrlr Net/NDU,no S/W
PA0703 PCB 1931-27,F3200 Remote I/F
PA0773 PCB 1901-139-3,RS485,CMOS,FRC
SF0145 NLDU Software V2.03
Protocol Translation Module (PTM)

Specifications
The Protocol Translation
Operating Voltage
24Vdc
Module (PTM) provides
Operating Current
19mA (excluding LEDs)
an interface between
Dimensions (mm)
446W x 280D x 85H (pkgd)
Vigilant fire panels on a
FPANZ Listed
VF/616
Panel-Link network and a
network event printer or
Part Numbers
an XL Graphics computer FP0586 Protocol Translation Module (PTM)
system. The PTM is
PA0717 Protocol Translation Module PCB only
programmable as to
which panels/events are printed or sent to the XL Graphics system
Interfaces Vigilant fire panels or Panel-Link network to network event printer or
XL Graphics
Event printer could be actual printer or event receiving system - Nurse Call, BMS,
etc., that can handle text strings
Configurable for what event types to print: Zone, System, Circuit, Point, Relay,
System Operating
Programmable group membership
Individual fire panels can be selected for logging events/passing to XL Graphics
Selectable fire panel monitoring - failure events generated if no messages

received from each panel
Programmable Panel-Link network operation - including ACK broadcasts
Non-volatile storage of programmed parameters
Supplied in painted metal cabinet
12V or 24Vdc operation
RS232 interface to printer/XL Graphics
PA0729/730 General Purpose Relay Board

12V (PA0729) and 24V (PA0730) versions of a two pole
changeover contact general purpose relay board may be used in
either of two modes:
1) Direct Operation:
The relay will operate when the rated voltage is applied to the +ve
and -ve terminals.
2) SIG+ Input:
Cutting link LK1 will allow the relay to operate if a positive voltage
between 3.5V and 30Vdc is applied to the SIG+ terminal. SIG+ is a
low current input so it may be driven by a logic level signal.
In this mode the relay board must have constant power to the + and terminals. The relay board also provides visual feedback with an LED
illuminated whenever the relay is energised. Two sets of changeover
contacts are available at screw terminals on the relay board.
Page 36
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Quiescent Current
Operating Current
Relay Contact Rating
(per pole)
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
FPANZ Listed
PA0729
PA0730
12Vdc (20%) 24Vdc (20%)
0
0
20mA
12mA
2A @ 30Vdc resistive
1A @ 30Vdc inductive
1A @ 30 Vac inductive
-5C to +45C
0 to 95% (non/cond)
40 x 41
0.05kg
VF/662
Part Numbers
PA0729
PA0730
12V GP Relay Board

24V GP Relay Board

PA0278 Battery Monitor
The Battery Monitor is a small module
designed to provide supervision of
supplementary 12 or 24 volt lead
acid batteries (e.g. evacuation system
batteries) in an automatic fire alarm
system as required by New Zealand
Standard NZS 4512. The module
provides electrical isolation between the
supervised power supply and the main
power supply of the associated fire alarm
control unit. An LED provides latched
indication of a low battery condition.
Specifications 12V L/A Battery

24V L/A Battery
Defect Set Point of Battery Supply to be Monitored:
12.2V (draws up to 6 mA) 24.4V(up to 6mA)
Main Pwr Supply 10V to 14V, 5 mA
20V to 28V, 8 mA
Defect- (D-) O/P Open Coll.Transistor 30V max,
Closure to 0V, 20 mA max1
Transmit- (T-) O/P Open Coll.Transistor 30V max,
Clamp to 10V, 20 mA. max1
Dimensions
91 x 48 mm
Terminations
Screw Terminals, 2.5 mm2
Part Number
PA0278
1. When battery voltage low
LED/RZDU
The Vigilant LED-RZDU (PA1048) is a Remote Zone Display Unit (RZDU) that provides a flexible and cost-effective building block for the
construction of remote LED/mimic displays for Vigilant fire alarm panels equipped with an RZDU port. It is highly configurable, with a range
of mounting options for front or rear service, and is compatible with a variety of LED display and mimic termination boards. The LED-RZDU
has 16 on-board red zone Alarm LEDs, one common green Normal LED and one common amber Defect/Fault LED, all fitted on the rear of
the board using the MX1-style LED arrangement and mounting. It is capable of driving an FP1600 termination or mimic display board, an
MX4428/F4000 termination or relay board, and/or a chain of MX4428/F4000 or MX1 16-zone LED display boards.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
12V (nom)
24V (nom)
Operating Current
12V (nom)
24V (nom)
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
FPANZ Listed
7.0 to 14.0Vdc
17.0 to 30Vdc
50mA to 660mA
30mA to 900mA
0C to +45C
0 to 95% (non/cond)
144 x 65 x 30 (LWH)
0.3kg
VF/661
Part Numbers
PA1048
LM0356
FA2074
SP0424
SP0425
PA0787
PA0702
FA1210
FP0475
FP1002
PCB LED-RZDU Board

Loom FP1600 Key Switch
FP1600 Door Key Sw Label
Empty R/S FP1600 cabinet
Empty F/S FP1600 cabinet
FP1600 Mimic Display
FP1600 Mimic Term Board
FP1600 F/S Displ Mtg Brkt
MX4428 Mimic Display
MX1 LED Display
Other options possible
Compact FBA
The Compact FBA provides fire brigade and

evacuation alarm control and signalling facilities
for sprinkler systems complying with NZS 4541.
Different versions are available to cater for Type-X
and Type-Y requirements.
Type-X FBA has a single pressure switch with
separate drop-in-pressure trip points for Defect and
Fire.
Type-Y FBA has an additional rise-in-pressure fire
switch, and does not signal Defect on pressure drop.
Features
Compact, robust metal cabinet
Front panel LED status indications
Fully supervised anti-interference circuit with

isolation switch
Separate Main Stop Valve supervision input
Defect input allows supervision of associated

equipment
Internal status & diagnostic LEDs
Recall button allows historical Defect

conditions to be displayed
Low power mode allows powering from SGD

brigade line
High power mode allows ancillary relay drive and

brighter LEDs
Silence Alarms front panel keyswitch standard
Electronic latching with Reset push button
All controls door-interlocked
Two sets of Fire output contacts, 5A Evacuation

Alarm output with internal isolation switch
Internal buzzer (door interlock and nonconnected Defect)
Dimensions 310h x 205w x 150d (overall)
Complies with automatic sprinkler standard NZS

4541
Meets New Zealand Fire Service requirements
for connection to remote receiving stations
Insurance Council NZ approval numbers:- TypeX: 436, Type-Y: 437
FPANZ Listed:Type-X
VF/809
Type-Y:
VF/810
Part Numbers
FP0800
FP0801
PA0861
PA0862
FP0665
SW0093
Compact FBA, Type-X

Compact FBA, Type-Y
PCB GP Brigade Relay I/F
PCB 1924-25, GP SGD
Series 1948 PSU 12Vdc,
0.5A, NZ
Switch, Bulgin Key
(Optional Ancillary Control)
FP0645 SPINEX Sprinkler Pump Controller Input Expander

The Sprinkler Pump Controller Input Expander
(SPINEX) can provide up to the equivalent of
14 additional pressure switch inputs to a pump
controller, with additional isolate facility. SPINEX
is housed in a compact metal cabinet with a clear
acrylic window so that the pressure switch status
display is readily visible. The door is fastened with a
non-keyed catch. Up to 15 pressure switches can be
connected to SPINEX, which combines these into a
single output relay contact to drive one input of the
main controller. Whenever any of the input pressure
switches activates, the output relay contact closes,
which, when connected to a pressure switch input
of a pump controller, will activate the normal engine
start. Any activated input can be isolated by pressing

the Isolate button on the SPINEX panel.
Specifications
Power Supply
Current
Lamp Test
0.5A max
Typical
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Terminations
Part Number
12Vdc 20%
0.1A
-10C to +55C
0 to 95% (non/cond)
440 x 550 x 200 (HWD)
17kg
Screw Terminals, 2.5 mm2
FP0645
Page 37
19 inch Rack Cabinets
FP0576 Empty Battery Box

Dimensions 440x550x211mm (HWD)
ME0251 QE90 21U Cabinet only.

Dimensions 1050x573x312mm (HWD)
(shown with QE90 system installed)
Part Numbers
FP0556 F3200, Empty Cab, c/w window
FP0557 F3200, Empty Cab, c/w blank door
FP0576 F3200, Battery Box
FP0584 F3200, Small Empty Cab, full window
ME0250 20Ux200 IP65 990x630x260 (HWD)
ME0341 Rac Cab, 20Ux310 IP65
ME0260 Rac Cab, 20Ux310, 304 S/S IP65
ME0252 Rac Cab, 18U 135, Full Wndw
ME0262 Rac Cab, 18U 135, Blank Door
ME0251 Small QE90, 21U 310, Full Wndw, Crm
ME0261 Small QE90, 21U310, Blank, Cream
(These cabinets have studs fitted for QE90 modules)
Blanking Panels
FZ9002
7U Blank Inner Door (312mm)
FZ9003
6U Blank Panel Acrylic (267mm)
FZ9016
6U Blank Panel (267mm)
FZ9015
FZ9004
FZ9005
FZ9006
FZ9007
Accessories
FZ9010 19in Rack 1U AUI Bracket (grey)
KT0199 3U ASE Bracket (grey)
KT0212 3U 2x V-Modem Bracket (grey)
FZ9028 3U AIU/PPU Bracket & Loom (grey)
FP0935 4U ASE Door Kit 4100U-S1 (black)
FP0937 4U PPU/AIU Door Kit 4100U-S1 (black)
KT0419 Kit, Document Holder Stick On 3U
NT0030 Nut, Cage M6 zinc plated
SC0058 Screw, Machine Pan Pozi M6x12 zinc pl
WA0008 Washer, Flat M6x1.2 zinc plated
ME0258 1919-21-2 RAC CAB 1U SHELF 135 DP
ME0259 1919-21-1 RAC CAB 1U SHELF 310 DP
Page 38
Gear Plates
FA1917 Blank 15U 450x430x10 (HWD)
FA1267 F3200 std 15U 480x460x10 (HWD)
FA1185 F4000 std 15U 450x460x10 (HWD)
FA2040 MX4428 std 15U 540x460x10 (HWD)
FA1984 18U Sided 770x482x10 (HWD)
FA1983 18U Sideless 770x483x10 (HWD)
FA1199 28U Sided 1200x483x180 (HWD)
FA1366 28U SideIess 1200x483x10 (HWD)
FA1846 QE90 std 21U 480x489x175 (HWD)
Other Cabinets (not 19 inch rack)

ME0088 IOR Cabinet 449x494x82 (HWD)
ME0292 T-GEN 50 Cab 294x240x85 (HWD)
FP0944 MX1 Empty Cab 590x480x120(HWD)
SP0424 FP1600 Empty Cab R/S 510x485x110
SP0425 FP1600 Empty Cab F/S 510x485x110
FP0552 FP1600 Blank Cab 510x485x110
FP0529 Responder Box Empty 240x185x53
Standard Cabinet Sizes

Part No
Units
Dimension (internal depth)
FP0584 8U
440x550x211 (180 Deep)
FP0556 15U
750x550x211 (180 Deep)
FP0576 8U
440x550x211 (180 Deep)
ME0252 18U
885x575x205 (135 Deep)
ME0253 18U
885x575x380 (310 Deep)
ME0268 21U
1050x575x312 (310 Deep)
ME0254 28U
1330x575x165 (135 Deep)
ME0255 28U
1330x575x340 (310 Deep)
ME0256 40U
1865x575x165 (135 Deep)
ME0257 40U
1865x575x310 (310 Deep)
Special IP65 Cabinet Sizes
ME0250 20U
990x630x260 (200 Deep)
ME0260 20U
S/S 990x630x370 (310 Dp)
ME0341 20U
990x630x370 (310 Deep)
ME0270 30U
1435x630x370 (310 Deep)
ME0280 40U
1879x630x370 (310 Dp)
Finish
Standard Cabinet
Baked Epoxy Powdercoat, Cream Wrinkle
BFF998CW.
IP65 Cabinet
Off-White Gloss Powdercoat, Western PE802S.
Stainless Steel Cabinet
Natural finish.

LED Display Extender Kits - MX4428 Style
Optional Additional LED Display
Increasing the number of LED zone displays on either an F3200 or MX4428 typically requires 1 x ME0060 plus display extender kits as required. The Zone LEDs are
Alarm (Red); Fault (Yellow); Isolated (Yellow) with a Zone name space of 10mm x 60mm per zone on a paper label; eg. 2 lines of 23 characters at 10 per inch.
Display Extender PCB 248x98mm
.FP0475 Display Extender Kit includes PA0454,

LM0046 0.5m FRC, standoffs, power
ME0060 7U Inner Display Door 1901-75 includes M6

screws, flat washers & cage nuts. It mounts up to four
MX4428 16 Zone LED display boards.
leads, diffuser, Zone name label master.
FZ3031 Display Extender Kit includes FP0475 with

LM0092 1.2m FRC in place of LM0046 use as first (LHS) display board with F3200,
RDU, NDU
LED Display Extender Kits - MX1 Style
FP1002 MX1 16 Zone LED Display Extender,

dimensions 144x52 mm.
ME0457 4U 5 x Zone Display Inner Door 1982-40 includes

M6 screws, flat washers & cage nuts. It mounts up to five MX1
16 Zone LED display boards.
The 4U rack mounting 5 x 16 Zone Display Door can be fitted in any F3200, F4000 or MX4428 fire panel with 4U of spare rack mounting space and window visibility.
It should not however be fitted in the bottom 2U rack space of F3200/MX4428 15U cabinets, nor in 8U cabinets at all, since the window in the cabinet door does not
extend down far enough for all zones on the 5 x 16 Zone Display Door to be visible. A free depth of 20mm is required behind the door. Zone naming space is 7x44 mm
per zone on a grey card (supplied) e.g. 19 characters in 3mm high Arial Narrow.
Key differences in the MX1 version (compared to MX4428 version) are:
The much smaller physical footprint 144mm x 52mm
It has no Fault LEDs
It has no outputs or connector for external Alarm LEDs or relays
An end-of-chain link is not required
It consumes approximately one third of the current.
Connection to LED Display Boards
The 26-way FRC from the panel controller board to the first LED Display board is:
F3200/NDU/NLDU Loom LM0092
F4000
Loom LM0295 or LM0056
(depending on cabinet arrangement)
MX4428
Loom LM0295 or LM0056
MX1
Loom LM0335
LED-RZDU
Loom LM0335 or LM0092 (longer)
The recommended cable to connect from one 4U door to the next is LM0295.
Connection to Fire Panels

The last (highest zone number) LED Display board fitted onto the 5 x 16 Zone
Display Door should be connected to the following fire panel controller board FRC
connector:
F3200/NDU/NLDU J13 on the Controller Board
F4000
J6 on the F4000 Main Board
MX4428
J6 on the MX4428 Main Board
MX1
J2 on the MX1 LCD/Keyboard
LED-RZDU
J3 on the LED-RZDU (to lowest)
Page 39
Looms and Cables

Looms
LM0041 MX4428/F4000 Cable Programming

Port to DB9 serial 1888-58
LM0042 MX4428/F4000 Cable Programming
Port to DB25 serial 1888-62
LM0065 RS-485 Comms 10W FRC to DB9
LM0047 Loom FRC 26W Style D 1.3m

QE90 TRAN8872
LM0076 Prog DB9F to DB9F (ADU, ECM)
LM0049 Loom FRC 26W Style B 0.25m
LM0053 Loom FRC 20W Style A 0.3m
LM0185 MX4428 Molex to CMOS/RS-232

1901-214
LM0092 Loom FRC 26W F3200 MkII Controller to

First Display 1.25m
Cables
A range of commonly-used fire system cables is available from Tyco Safety Products. These include specially-manufactured 2+2 core Responder loop cables for
MX4428 systems. Cable is available only in the drum lengths shown.
Part Number
Cores
X-sec
Sheath and Type
Length (m)
1.0 mm2
Red TPS
100
CA1022
CA1025
1.0 mm
Red TPS
200
1.0 mm2
Red TPS
500
Red TPS
100
Red TPS
200
Standard TPS cable

CA1021
CA1521
CA1522
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
CA1525
1.5 mm
Red TPS
500
CA2521
2.5 mm2
Red TPS
100
Red TPS
200
Red TPS
500
CA2522
CA2525
2.5 mm
2.5 mm
2+2
1.5/1.0 mm2
Red TPS
250
2+2
2.5/1.0 mm
Red TPS
250
2+2
0.5/0.2 mm2
Grey shielded
250
MX4428 Responder
Loop cable
CA1510
CA2510
SGD cable (indoor use only)
CA0052
Page 40

Loom Style Types
Notes
1. The loom style connector types, cable cut length and cable style are normally specified in the loom description.
2. The specified length for a flat ribbon cable (FRC) will generally be Finished Length as shown.
3. Both Bump Polarised sockets and Transition connectors are illustrated. Looms can have combinations of these connectors.
STYLE A
PIN 1
STYLE B
STRIPE
CONN 1
PIN 1
CONN 2
CONN 1
BUMP
POLARISED
CONNECTORS
BUMP
POLARISED
CONNECTORS
TRANSITION
CONNECTORS
TRANSITION
CONNECTORS
PIN 1
STRIPE
CONN 2
FINISHED LENGTH
FINISHED LENGTH
STYLE C
STYLE D
STRIPE
CONN 1
PIN 1
CONN 2
STRIPE
CONN 1
BUMP
POLARISED
CONNECTORS
BUMP
POLARISED
CONNECTORS
TRANSITION
CONNECTORS
TRANSITION
CONNECTORS
FINISHED LENGTH
CONN 2
FINISHED LENGTH
STYLE E
PIN 1
STRIPE
CONN 1
CONN 2
CONN 3
BUMP
POLARISED
CONNECTORS
FINISHED
LENGTH A
FINISHED
LENGTH B
Page 41

Looms and Cables
ITEM CODE
EXTENDED DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION
LM0061
LOOM 1830-43 1830 MODEM TO 16 WAY FRC & DB25 PLUG
1830 MODEM
LM0092
LOOM FRC 26W STYLE E F3200 MKII CTL TO 1ST DISP 1931-88 1.25M
F3200
LM0103
LOOM F3200 MCP+MICRO SWT LOOM 1931-97
F3200
LM0152
LOOM FRC 10W FRC ECM/F3200 NETWORK X-OVER 0.7m
F3200, MX4428, I-HUB
LM0076
LOOM ADU PROG DB9F - DB9F 1922-25
ADU
LM0104
LOOM F4000 MCP + MICRO SWT LOOM 1901-196
MX4428/F4000
LM0151
LOOM F4000 RING NET UPGRADE 1901-201
MX4428/F4000
LM0185
LOOM F4000 MOLEX TO CMOS/RS232 10W FRC 1901-214
F4000 (Modem Port)
LM0043
LOOM QE90 EXTENDER 699-090-1 FRC 20W 0.07M
QE90
LM0047
LOOM QE90 TRAN8872 TWISTED FRC 26W STYLE D 1.3M
QE90
LM0076
LOOM ECM PROG DB9F - DB9F Null Modem
QE90, I-HUB
LM0101
LOOM QE90 FRC 26W STYLE E 0.45M
QE90
LM0077
LOOM RZDU RS232 ECP H/LVL LNK 1922-26 1M
RZDU
LM0078
LOOM RZDU RS232 ECM H/LVL LNK 1922-27 3M
RZDU
LM0164
LOOM V-MODEM RJ45-DB25 MALE PLU 1963-55
V-MODEM
LM0165
LOOM V-MODEM PRG LD LM0164-DB9F 1963-55
V-MODEM
LM0166
LOOM V-MODEM RJ45-DB9 FEM PLUG 1963-55
V-MODEM
LM0168
LOOM V-MODEM DB9M TO 4W MOLEX 1963-55
V-MODEM
LM0041
LOOM F3200/F4000/FP4000/MX4428 PROG TO 9 PIN SERIAL 1888-58
LM0042
LOOM F3200/F4000/FP4000/MX4428 PROG TO 25 PIN SERIAL 1888-62
LM0065
LOOM RS485 COMMS BD FRC 10W - DB9 1901-174
LM0131
LOOM SERIAL PRINTER CABLE DB9(M) TO DB9(M) + DB9(F)
LM0138
LOOM DB9M-DB9F PINS STRAIGHT THROUGH 1.8M
LM0161
LOOM FRC 10W STYLE A 0.1M
LM0172
LM0084
LOOM FRC 10W STYLE B 0.35M
LM0093
LOOM FRC 10W STYLE C 0.25M
LM0091
LM0193
LM0107
LM0053
LM0048
LM0072
LM0083
LM0073
LM0049
LM0046
LM0056
LM0044
LOOM FRC 26W STYLE B 2.0 M
LM0045
LM0098
LM0060
LM0143
Page 42
AS1668 Controls and Gas Controls

AS1668 Control Module Kits
The AS 1668 modules/kit consist of small PCBs that are fitted with the required
components for several different AS1668 control and indication configurations.
While the kit was primarily developed by TSP to simplify factory assembly of
AS1668 panels, it is available to purchase for fitting to panels in the field.
A three position rotary switch gives control of the appropriate fan, by selection of
OFF, AUTO, or ON (from left to right). Three LEDs give indication of STOP, FAULT,
and RUN conditions. These are coloured green, yellow, and red respectively.
Refer to manuals LT0438 and LT0368 for further information regarding

AS1668 kits.
For maximum flexibility, a number of common AS1668 type control circuits can
be achieved by using KT0113 module using different wiring configurations, and/
or by minimal PCB modification (ie. the cutting of components).
Circuit Type
AZCs Used
Open Collectors Used
Relays Used
Load Current (max.)
1A
1A
Load Supervised Option?
Yes
Yes
Fail Safe Load Option? (non- supervised load)
Yes
Yes
Air Flow Switch Supervised?
Yes
Yes
Fault If Not Running?
Yes
Yes
Fault If Not Stopped?
Yes
Yes
Fault After Delay?
Yes
Yes
Programmable Switch Logic?
Yes
Yes
Load RUN State Programmable?
Yes
Yes
All LEDs Programmable via Logic?
No
Yes
Part Numbers
FZ9011 7U Door 19 Rack, 5 x AS1668 Controls
FZ9012 7U Door 19 Rack, 15 x AS1668 Controls
KT0113 Kit, 1945-1-3 AS1668 Control Module Type 3
KT0478 Kit, AS1668 5 way Fan Control Module
KT0113 Kit, AS1668 Control Module Types 3/4
* 1 Open Collector OR 1 Relay output (as available)

** Open Collector = 0.1A maximum
Relay Contacts = 1A maximum
KT0478 Kit, AS1668 5 way Fan Control Module

(Includes PCB, 5x switch knobs and caps, 5x panel labels,
2x 26W FRC 2m cables, LT0368 instructions)
FZ9011 7U Panel with 5 x AS1668 Fan control positions
FZ9012 7U Panel with 15 x AS1668 Fan Control positions
Page 43

Gas Control Modules
Gas Control Modules provide indication and control of 1-4 zones of gas extinguishing
on compatible 19in rack mounted c.i.e. (e.g. F3200 and MX4428). They are pre-wired
modules (requiring appropriate input/output modules). The modules have a 12 way screw
terminal block for easy termination of the field wiring for the Local Gas Control Stations,
gas discharged pressure switch, warning signs and gas release output. The connection for
the Alert/Evacuate warning signs is a 2-wire polarity switched output that supports up to
10 AVI Mk2 units. All outputs can be supervised (this requires appropriate programming
and configuring in the panel). The gas control modules provide LEDs for each gas zone to
indicate:
- Gas Initiated (red)
- Manual Release (red)
- Gas Discharged (blue)
Specifications
- Gas Inhibited (yellow)
Dimensions (mm)
- Gas Isolated (yellow)
7U Door
485 x 312 (WH)
- System Inoperative (yellow);
1U Plate
485 x 45 (WH)
A Gas Discharge Isolate switch that
Part Numbers
physically isolates both poles of the
ME0438
1 Zone Gas Flood 7U Door & Loom
gas release actuator output is also
ME0439
provided for each gas zone.
ME0440
ME0441 4 Zone Gas Flood 7U Door
ME0441
ME0442
ME0442 1 Zone Gas Flood 1U Plate and Loom

1 Zone Gas Flood 1U Plate & Loom
Local Gas Control Station

Local Gas Control Stations are used in gaseous fire
extinguishing systems to provide local area manual
control of a release. The automatic version includes
a Gas Inhibit switch, buzzer and LED, whereas the
manual version does not.
Specifications
Dimensions (mm)
FP0570/2 192 x 124 x 82 (HWD)
FPANZ Listed
VF/663
Part Numbers
FP0570
1937-3-1 Local Gas Control
Station - Auto
FP0572
1937-3-2 Local Gas Control
Station - Manual
FP0570 Local Gas Control Station - Automatic
The MX1 Gas Suppression control kit provides the

hardware items necessary to convert a standard MX1
panel into a single risk gas supression control panel.
Additional items (LGCS, AVI, etc) are also required as
detailed in LT0462.
Co
m
in
So
o
MX1 Gas Suppression Control Kit
Page 44
Part Number
KT0507
MX1 Single Zone Gas Accessories
Vigilant Remote Annunciators

Compact Firefighter Facility (FF)
The Compact Firefighter Facility (FF) is a compact
fire alarm repeater panel for use as a remote brigade
access point to a networked fire alarm system. It
provides an AS4428.1 compliant alphanumeric
display of alarm information on a 2 line by 40
character LCD with a simple keypad. It is compatible
with the Panel-Link Network and associated range
of networked fire alarm systems, eg., MX4428,
F4000, and F3200. The Compact FF is able to
display alarms and selectively control fire alarm
panels connected to the network.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Current (maximum)
Network I/F
Programming I/F
Rating
Cabinet (surface)
(flush)
Weight
9.6 to 28.8Vdc
380mA @ 9.6V
180mA @ 27V
RS-485 (panel-link)
DB-9 male RS232
IP41
250x150x50mm HWD
301x192x75mm HWD
2.5kg
Part Numbers
FP0865
FP0866
LM0076
Compact FF surface mount

Compact FF flush mount
DB9F-DB9F prog. cable
Nurse Station Annunciator (NSA)

The Nurse Station Annunciator is a compact fire
alarm repeater panel for use by non-technical
staff. It provides alphanumeric display of alarm
information on a 2 line by 40 character LCD with a
simple keypad. It is compatible with the Panel-Link
Network and associated range of networked fire
alarm systems, eg., MX4428, F4000 and F3200.
The NSA is able to display alarms from all fire alarm
panels connected to the network and this may be
modified by programming to determine which
alarms are displayed and what user responses are
available.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Current (maximum)
Network I/F
Programming I/F
Rating
Cabinet (surface)
(flush)
Weight
9.6 to 28.8Vdc
380mA @ 9.6V
180mA @ 27V
RS-485 (panel-link)
DB-9 male RS232
IP41
250x150x50mm HWD
301x192x75mm HWD
2.5kg
Part Numbers
FP0880
FP0881
LM0076
Nurse station, flush mount

Nurse station, surface mount
DB9F-DB9F prog. cable
AS 4428 Network Display Unit (NDU)
FP0794 4U 19 Rack NDU Module

The NDU is a fire alarm repeater panel compatible
with the Panel-Link Network and the associated
range of networked fire alarm systems (eg. MX4428,
F4000, F3200). It provides alphanumeric display
of alarms on a 2 line by 40 character LCD and
keypad. The NDU is able to display alarms and status,
and control all fire alarm panels connected to the
network.
This may be modified by programming to achieve a

variety of display and control facilities. Its compact
slimline cabinet style has a flush mounting option,
optional full cabinet complete with MAF relays and
power supply, or 19 rack module. Local call point
input, optional individual zone LED displays are all
fully field programmable including: site name text,
zone name text, selective display of alarms based
on source panel and group membership. Analogue
addressable fire alarm point text displayed, database
save and restore to laptop/computer, event logging
to history file and optional printer.
Part Numbers
FP0790
FP0791
FP0792
FP0794
NDU, AS4428, MAF, PSU, full cab

NDU, AS4428 Slimline surf. mnt
NDU, AS4428 Slimline flush mnt
NDU, AS4428 4U, 19 rack module
Specifications
Power Supply
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current
Inputs
RDU MCP
Outputs
RZDU Comms
Printer
External 24Vdc
19mA
78 mA
Supervised, 10k ohm EOL
F3200/MX4428 compatible
Pseudo RS232, Xon/Xoff,
300 to 9600 baud
LED Display/Relay
33 (max) external boards
LCD
2 lines of 40 characters,
LEDs
FFCIF, status std; opt zone LEDs
Operating Temp
-5C to +45C
Relative Humidity
10% to 95% (n/cond)
Cabinet Size
177 x 450 x 50mm HWD
Shipping Weight
3 kg
CSIRO ActivFire Listed afp-789
FPANZ Listed
VF/632
AS 1603.4 Remote Display Unit (RDU)
FP0559 4U Slim Line Wall Mount RDU
The RDU is a non-networked remote display

that offers a flexible range of options. It can be
programmed to process any selected zones
from one F4000, MX4428 or F3200, with no
requirement for these to be in a contiguous group.
In this way each RDU in a large system can be
assigned to display exactly the zones required at
that location. It is compatible with existing systems
because the text messages displayed on the LCD are
programmed locally. It also supports the up-load of
zone description from the fire panel.
Specifications
As per AS 4428 NDU, RZDU is an input
FPANZ Listed
VF/615
Part Numbers
FP0558
RDU, Full Cabinet
FP0559
RDU, Slimline, wall mount
FP0731
RDU to NDU upgrade kit
FP0772
RDU, Slimline flush mount
KT0177
Upgrade kit (1931-2-2 cont.)
LT0133
Operators manual
LT0148
Install & program manual
SF0179
Software RDU V2.11
Page 45

ASE Local Display Unit (LDU)
The ASE Local Display Unit (LDU) is designed to
provide output status indication for up to 16 Private
Fire Alarms (PFAs) connected via Signal Generating
Devices (SGDs) to an ASE or ASE-16 concentrator.
The LDU receives status information via an RS-485
connection from the ASEs Local Indication Port
(LIP). This information is then decoded to drive
output status LEDs or to provide open collector
outputs as required. The LDU is supplied as a printed
circuit board module for incorporation into the
users equipment. It can operate from 12 or 24 volt
supplies (link selected).
Part Numbers
PA0471
ASE Local Display Unit Control Card
PA0488 16 Way x 3 LED Display Board (12V)
PA0454 16 Way x 3 LED Display Board (24V)
PA0461 16 Way Relay/Mimic Driver Board
PA0480 16 Way Output Termination Board
PA0489
PA0470
LM0044
LM0045
LM0046
16 Way Relay Board C/W FRC (12V)

16 Way Relay Board C/W FRC
2 Metre FRC
5 Metre FRC
0.5 Metre FRC
Specification
Format
Dimensions (mm)
Operating Voltage
12V Typ
24V Typ
Current
12V
24V
Operating Temp
Baud Rate
Output Modes
+V Output Current
12V
24V
Open Coll. O/P
LDU Cable
Unpackaged circuit board

119 x 95 x 40 (LWH)
9.6-13.8V
19.2-28.3V
15mA @ 12V - excl o/p current
20mA @ 24V - excl o/p current
0C to +45C
2400, 4800, 9600 (link select)
2 to 8 Open Collector Outputs
MX4428 LED Display Boards
1A max
100mA max
200mA max, 30V
400m 1mm2 TPS 1km Twist Pair
SGD
The Vigilant 1924-25 General Purpose 2-Wire/4Wire SGD transmits the Fire, Defect, Isolate and Test
signals from a compatible Fire Alarm Panel or DBA
(PFA) over 2 wires to the NZ Fire Service via the
ASE Interface Unit and System. The SGD derives its
power either from the ASE (4-wire mode), or locally
from the system (2-wire mode) and has an on-board
reserve supply to ensure signalling for a short time if
the main supply fails. It operates in either single line
or multidrop mode.
The GP version has a plug-on interface to compatible
Vigilant panels and it incorporates Brigade Test and
Isolate switches.
Specifications
Power Supply
4 Wire SGD
2 Wire SGD
Current
Standard
Multidrop
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
FPANZ Listed
Part Numbers
PA0802
PA0803
PA0862
9 to 15Vdc
9 to 29Vdc
12mA to 20mA
5mA to 7.5mA
-10C to +55C
0 to 95% (non/cond)
120 x 96
VF/502
SGD Multidrop 4 wire
SGD Multidrop 2 wire
SGD GP PCB & Loom
(with switches)
PA0861 General Purpose Brigade Relay Interface

The 1922-43 General Purpose Brigade Relay
Interface is designed to provide compatible Vigilant
fire alarm panels and sprinkler FBAs with the means
to connect to a wide variety of remote (Brigade)
signalling devices. It is a single plugon board, with
duplicate clean contact relay outputs for FIRE and
DEFECT, and onboard toggle switches for BRIGADE
TEST and BRIGADE ISOLATE. More than 1500V
electrical isolation is provided between the Interfaces
output terminals and the rest of the fire alarm system.
Specifications
Power Supply
Current
Normal
Defect/Fire
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
PA0861
9.6V to 18V (LK1 fitted)

19.2V to 32V (LK1 removed)
20mA
2mA to 38mA
-10C to +55C
0 to 95% (non/cond)
95 x 100 x 35
0.1kg
VF/507
PCB GP Brigade Relay I/F
PA1034 SAFE/Beneconda/Mk10 SGD

The SAFE/Benecoda/Mk10 SGD (SBM-SGD) is used to interface fire alarm and sprinkler systems with an
existing SAFE Transponder, Benecoda Transmitter, or Mk10 Modulator onto the multidrop SGD system. This
allows these older systems to be connected to the ASEs SGD ports without the need to change the existing
transmitting device. The SBM-SGD appears as one or more multidrop SGDs connected to the ASEs SGD
port. The SBMSGD translates between the SAFE, Benecoda or Mk10 protocols and the SGD protocol. The
SBM-SGD provides indicators to display the status (fire, defect, etc.) of the fire alarm or sprinkler system (PFA)
and also provides a Brigade Test switch for use when connected to a Mk10 Modulator. The SAFE/Benecoda/
Mk10 SGD can either be mounted in the ASE Mk2 cabinet (on the PCB standoffs above the battery), or
in a separate enclosure, or in an existing fire alarm system cabinet (using the supplied adhesive - backed
standoffs). The SBM-SGD and ASE Mk2 replace the LTX-3 when used with the Mk10 interface, and replace
the LTX-8 when used with the SAFE or Benecoda interfaces. One SBM-SGD can interface up to eight SAFE
Transponders.
Page 46

ASE-Net Monitoring System
The Vigilant ASE-Net (Alarm Signalling Equipment Network) is an innovative alarm monitoring system
specifically designed for monitoring and managing fire alarm systems, security systems, and plant equipment
spread over large sites or large areas. It utilises up-to-date computer and communications technology allowing
a wide choice of communications media including wireless mobile data (CDMA or GPRS), Wi-Fi, Ethernet,
ADSL or dial-up telephone lines (PSTN).
RADIO
NETWORK
CDMA or GPRS
FBA
SGD
PABX
PSTN
ASE
Specifications
Max. No. of Alarm Systems
Communications Supported
Number of Users
Unlimited 1
Wireless 2
Ethernet
Dialup Modem 3
No Limit 4
ASE-Net
SERVER
SGD
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
EVENT LOG
MONITORING
Notes
1. The max. no. of fire & security panels that can be monitored depends
on the communication links to the monitoring centre and the PC/s
running the monitoring systems database. A single PC system should
be capable of supporting several hundred alarm systems.
2. A connection between the ASE-Net monitoring system and the
wireless network provider will be required.
3. Requires FP0943 R-Modems to be installed at the monitoring
centre.
4. Each PC may require an SQL licence.
PSTN MODEM
CENTRE
SMS ASE
(option)
SITE
ETHERNET
SUPER
SGD
ASE
SGD
IP VIDEO
CAMERA
SECURITY
CONTROLLER
PC WITH CLIENT
Features
Handles fire alarm, security and plant alarms
IP video camera support
Scalable - monitors 1 to 1000s of systems
Can reduce service costs
Client/Server software architecture
Designed to simplify fire alarm testing
Proven architecture
Local technical support
Easy to use, graphical user interface
Runs on industry-standard equipment
Supports multiple user interfaces, each individually configurable
Compatible with most fire alarm panels using standard SGD
Supports hot standby and redundancy

for high reliability
Communicates detector location and alarm type for addressable fire

alarm systems that use the Super SGD
Published (open) Super SGD protocol
Fire alarm panel remote access & control
MONITORING
CENTRE
RADIO
Replicated
SQL server option
LINK
RADIO NETWORK
CDMA or GPRS
Programmable relay outputs

Logs events to history file and/or printers
ETHERNET
Text messaging to mobile phones or email
ASE
MODEM
PSTN
Each fire, security or plant alarm system is fitted with a Signal Generating Device (SGD) that receives status signals from the alarm system, and transmits them to a local
ASE unit. The ASE communicates this information to the ASE-Net server, where it is processed and displayed to the operator on one or more client PCs.
Use of an SQL database combined with the graphics display capabilities of the PC enables the alarm event and relevant site data to be immediately displayed in the
form of pictures, building plans, maps or schematics and text. Dynamically-linked icons representing alarm devices may be configured on the maps or plans to enable
the location and status of a device (e.g., operated fire detector) to be quickly pin-pointed. Drill-down
linking
SGD of pictures
FLOW
ASEenables this information to be viewed at various
SENSOR
levels. Hyperlinks enable the operator to remotely view and operate fire alarmSHOWER
panels. Similarly,
the operator can link through to other devices such as IP video cameras
to display site conditions in real time. Alarm and status events can be sent to event printers for hard copy recording and are also logged to a history file, which can be
viewed from the operator interface. Personnel off-site can also be automatically alerted to the occurrence of selected events via SMS text messaging or email. Relay
outputs can be configured to activate on events (e.g., unacknowledged alarm) and/or current status (e.g., security mains fail).
Remote Equipment Access
The ASE-Net system supports remote access of compatible fire alarm panels and other equipment using the
ASEs serial port. For example, the control panel of a Vigilant MX1 or MX4428 fire alarm panel can be displayed
and controlled from the ASE-Net User Interface using a hyperlink to run the Vigilant PanelX remote access
communications software. In a similar fashion, other applications can be launched from ASE-Net to remotely
access other equipment such as IP video cameras.
Part Numbers
SF0398
SF0409
PA1036
FP0951
Software, ASE-Net license

Installation on client PC
PCB, 1924-27, Super SGD
ASE-Mk2, no radio modem
Other items can be quoted as required.
Page 47
Graphics
XL Graphics Client/Server
Using a combination of symbols, floor plans, pictures
and text, XL Graphics Client/Server (XLG C/S) can
display the precise location of a fire alarm event
and give detailed emergency response instructions.
Communications can be established with floor
wardens via EWIS WIP phones to co-ordinate
evacuation procedures. A detailed map of the
affected area can be printed automatically for use by
emergency response personnel. Prompt response to
a fire emergency, with the correct action, provides
the opportunity to greatly improve safety and reduce
financial loss.
Multiple XL Graphics Client terminals can be
connected on the same network for redundancy or
ease of operation. Individual user access levels allow
maintenance/engineers functions for performing
higher level network investigations and configuration
changes, as well as limited lower-level operator
functions. XLG C/S is able to annunciate and control
both Fire and EWIS/Occupant Warning systems.
XL Graphics C/S Operation

When the status of a device on the network changes,
the screen displays the type and location of the
event. The operator can then navigate to a more
detailed view of the zone or device. From the XL
Graphics C/S screen (with the appropriate password
access) the operator has the ability to:
acknowledge alarms
silence sounders and turn off visual indicators
perform a system reset.
Route arrows showing the recommended access
path for the fire brigade can be displayed on alarm
events screens. Custom alarm and fault messages
can be added to provide operator dispatch
assistance. Location-specific information, such as
hazardous material storage and lists of people to
notify, can be automatically or selectively displayed.
XL Graphics Features
Monitors all events on Fire and EWIS networks using graphics and text
Automated graphic display and printing of latest fire event locations
Simple and effective graphic interface

Custom alarm and fault messages guide an operator through dispatch
response
Extensive history logging

Full and extensive event log of the entire fire and evacuation graphics
system
Rapid event filtering for easy event location
Printing of event log, graphics screens and fire system reports
Multiple XLG terminals on a network can perform redundant operation

or specific functions
Easy site configuration
Point-and-click device positioning and configuration
Supports common graphics file formats

Importing of CAD drawing files, metafiles, image files and scanned
media
Centralised security and service administration
Multiple operator levels with password control
One-off configuration for all terminals

Vigilant Panel-Link network support
Enables monitoring and control of fire alarm and evacuation/occupant
warning networks
Integrates numerous Fire Indicator Panels (FIPs); Conventional and
Analogue Addressable
Graphical diagnostic tools identify status of fire network nodes

PC environment monitor
XL Graphics C/S Screens

Graphics screens can provide easily recognisable site plan and floor
plan information. The level of detail can be customised for the specific
facility to easily and accurately direct the operator to the immediate
area of interest. Optional icons can be added to identify the exact device
of interest, and may be used to directly navigate to other predetermined
screens for more detail.
In addition to screen text or graphical information, the operator can be
presented with specific messages that provide emergency response
information and directions. These messages can be easily edited to suit
local requirements.
XL Graphics Client Screens
Page 48

When the status of a device on the network changes, the screen
displays the type and location of the event. The operator can then
navigate to a more detailed view of the zone or device. From the XL
Graphics C/S screen (with the appropriate password access) the
operator has the ability to:
acknowledge alarms
silence sounders and turn off visual indicators
perform a system reset.
Route arrows showing the recommended access path for the fire
brigade can be displayed on alarm events screens. Custom alarm and
fault messages can be added to provide operator dispatch assistance.
Location-specific information, such as hazardous material storage and
lists of people to notify, can be automatically or selectively displayed.
Multiple Network Integration
XL Graphics C/S Operation on Panel-Link Network

Vigilant Panel-Link Network
XL Graphics C/S supports extensive fire network integration and

interconnection. Multiple networks as well as conventional FIPs can be
monitored and controlled by XL Graphics C/S.
Each fire network and/or standalone FIP connected to the Panel-Link network
interfaces to the XL Graphics Server using a suitable communications device
such as the Protocol Translation Module (PTM), or Intelligent-Hub (I-HUB),
depending on the network configuration.
EWIS networks interface to the XL Graphics Server using a SECP/VDU Interface.
Each XL Graphics Client terminal communicates with the XL Graphics Server
using IP networking.
- Multidropped RS485 connections

- Up to 64 networked devices multidropped depending on required
functionality
- Multidropped cable length <1200m, shielded
twisted pair
- Galvanic isolation between panels & network
High noise immunity
Reduced earth loop problems
- I-HUBs used to extend network (ring configuration)
- Link Integrity function supervises XLG C/S network
SECP/VDU
Interface
EWIS Panel
Hardware Requirements
1. Fire panels on the Panel-Link network
connect to the XL Graphics Server using the
PTM or I-HUB interface. EWIS panels are
connected using the SECP/VDU Interface.
The XL Graphics Server requires a serial
comms port for each interface.
2. The XL Graphics Server must have a free
USB port.
Addressable Panels
Administration
Building
I-HUB
Software Requirements:
Panel-Link
Network
Fire & Security

Centre
Collective & Addressable Panels
Arts
Building
I-HUB
Global Graphics
Server
PC Printer
1. Windows 2000 or Windows XP SP2

operating system
Part Numbers
CG0002-SERVER
CG0002-CLIENT
FP0586
Squash
Courts
Collective Panels
Remote Access
Off-Campus
Campus TCP/IP
LAN or WAN
PSTN
Engineering &
Maintenance
Graphics Client
XLG C/S Client/Server

Software & Dongle
XLG C/S Client only
Software
PTM Protocol
Translation Module in
box
Network
Printer
Remote
Graphics Client
Page 49
Conventional Marine Panels

T1000 Marine Fire Controller
The range of T1000 panels are state-of-the-art

intelligent fire panels, which provide many of the
features normally only found on more expensive
analogue addressable panels. The panels are
supplied in 8 and 16 zone versions. Each detection
zone can support up to 32 conventional detectors.
The user interface is provided through a combination
of LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCD
display provides a full customer definable text display
of the alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying
zones in alarm, fault or isolate status. The display also
indicates the outputs that have been activated.
Features
z Developed for Vessels with less than 300
Detectors
z Approved by Major Marine Authorities
z Customer friendly, multi language information on
LCD display
z Comprehensive fault diagnostics
z 8 and 16 zone Panels
z Can be used with a wide range of Minerva Marine
approved Detectors
z 4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
z 4 monitored Relay outputs
z 3 programmable auxiliary inputs
z 3 levels of alarm discrimination per zone
z One common fault relay
z Programmable cause and effect
z Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601
z Manned/ unmanned mode
Compatible Detectors
516.056.401 MR601M Photoelectric Smoke
516.056.401 MF601M Ionisation Smoke
516.052.001T MD601M Heat
517.050.401 M600 Base
514.001.012 CP260M Manual Call Point (Waterproof)
514.001.013 CP250M Manual Call Point (Surface)
Part Numbers
509.022.001 NT100 Series Spare Commissioning
Kit Included With All Panels
509.022.003 NT100 4 Way Expansion Board
- Support NTX-02,03,04 Expansion Boards
509.022.004 NT100 16 Way Relay Output Board
(24Vd.c.@1A) Requires NTX-01 Expansion Board
509.022.005 NT100 16 Way Digital Output Driver
Board - Requires NTX-01 Expansion Board
509.022.010 Spare PSU For T1000
509.022.013 NT Flush Mount Bezel
509.022.015 T1000 Display PCB Spare
509.022.016 T1000 CPU board V1.6 spare
509.022.024 T1000R CPU board V1.6R spare
508.022.035 T1008 8 zone marine NT
conventional fire Controller
508.022.036 T1016 16 zone marine NT
conventional fire Controller
508.022.037 T1016R repeater for use with
T1008 & T1016
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Quiescent Current
Alarm Current (max)
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
198 to 264VAC
50mA @ 24Vdc
1A @ 24Vdc
0C to +40C
320x430x150mm
6.3kg
Note: A full range of Conventional, and Analogue Addressable Marine Controllers and equipment are available on
request. Contact Wormald Auckland Engineering Services for details
T1200 Conventional Fire Controller
Developed and Manufactured in the United Kingdom

the T1200 range of Conventional Panels from
Tyco is a powerful yet user friendly series of Control
Panels. The range is fully approved by major Marine
Authorities and takes advantage of the very latest
technological advancements both in terms of design
and manufacturing to the latest European, Marine
and Asian standards.
Benefits
Allows very early detection of

accommodation fires with significantly
reduced false alarms when used
with Tycos unique heat enhanced
Compensated Carbon Monoxide (CCO)
Detector
Configurable Detection Zones allowing

Zones to be configured for any or all of
the following :- Latching or Non Latching
Fire Indication Normal or Intrinsically Safe
Zone, Monitoring Machinery space zones
Crew Alert Mode :- Manages Alarm

Annunciation
Pre-configured for Immediate use.

Page 50
Features
Developed for use in vessels which

require between 4 and 32 zones of fire
detection
Compact 4 Zone option for Console

Mounting
Range includes a separate Water Mist

Panel
Integrated Voyage Data Recorder output

on 16 and 32 Zone Panel
No external secondary power source

required
Discrimination between Automatic Fire
Detectors and Manual Alarm Callpoints to

provide the appropriate response
Optional Marine Approved Muster Alarm
Text label Inserts for Controls and

Indicators in customer supplied language.
Extensive configuration options using

simple onboard DIL switches and links
Installation costs reduced by being able to

connect Intrinsically Safe (I,S,) and non I,S,
devices on the same zone.
Part Numbers
508.023.001 T1204DC - 4 Zone Panel c/w
1.5A 24VDC PSU
508.023.002 T1204A1 - 4 Zone Panel c/w
1.5A 110V AC PSU
508.023.003 T1204A2 - 4 Zone Panel c/w
1.5A 230V AC PSU
508.023.004 T1216 - 16 Zone Panel c/w
voyage data recorder output
module and 5A 110/230V AC
PSU
508.023.006 T1232 - 32 Zone Panel c/w
voyage data recorder output
module and 5 Amp 110/230V
AC PSU
508.023.011 T1216RDC - 16 Zone Repeater
without Power Supply
508.023.012 T1216RA1 - 16 Zone Repeater
with 1.5A 110V ACPower Supply
with 1.5A 230V AC Power Supply
508.023.014 T1232RDC - 32 Zone Repeater
without Power Supply
508.023.023 B1 Battery box for T1204
508.023.036 A1466 Relay Board
Addressable Marine Panels and Equipment

T2000 Marine Fire Controller
T2000 Marine Panel
Features
z PSB800M 5A 24V DC battery backed power
supply and loop booster to EN54pt4
z FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or
two MX DIGITAL loops
z CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card
z Optional network card and additional loop card(s)
z Optional approved Mild-Steel Enclosure
Part Numbers
557.200.600
557.200.602
557.200.603
557.200.610
557.200.605
557.201.216
The T2000 is a fully Marine approved EN54

compliant 1 to 8 loop networkable detection
panel. The T2000 supports two Tyco MX DIGITAL
detection loops and can be expanded to eight loops
supporting up to 1000 addressable devices. The
T2000 consists of a strong stainless steel or mild
steel Marine approved enclosure incorporating the
above stated features.
The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door,
which incorporates a modular user interface that
fully complies with EN54 pt2. The user interface
incorporates the ODM800 operator display module
with a 16 x 40-character backlit LCD display, simple
alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.
T2000 Two To Eight Loop

Marine Panel (Stainless steel
enclosure)
T2000B Battery Box
(Stainless steel enclosure)
T2000 B80 Battery Box
c/w 80 way LED ANN880
T2000 Standard Two to Eight
Loop Marine Panel (Mild steel
enclosure)
T2000 BM Battery Box (Mild
steel enclosure)
T2000 XLM 8-Loop Mounting
Kit
The OCM800 operator control module provides all

mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
including Day/Night switching. One control key and
2 indication LEDs are provided for vessel specific
functions.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English
according to the default Marine functionality. The
slide in decals can be reversed and alternative text
added.
The batteries and any additional zone LEDs or

operator controls are mounted in a separate housing
which can be mounted below the main panel or
behind the panel. The battery box has a heavy duty
backbox and battery clamp.
The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for
up to 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules
(maximum 24 I/O) or 1 x PSM/PSB800.
T2000 Marine Panel

Features
z Fully Functional
z Optional Approved Mild Steel Enclosure
z Fully Monitored R-Bus
Product Codes
557.200.601
T2000 Marine Repeater
557.200.604
557.200.611
557.200.612
The T2000 full function repeater is an EN54 Marine

approved repeater with optional addressable EN54:
Pt.4 power supply. The repeater consists of a steel
backbox and cast aluminium front door which
incorporates the ODM800 operator display module
with a 16 x 40-character backlit LCD display, simple
alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.
The OCM800 operator control module provides all
mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
including Day/Night switching. One control key and
2 indication LEDs are provided for vessel-specific
functions.
T2000R Marine Repeater with

Power Supply Unit 240Vac
T2000R Marine Repeater
without Power Supply Unit
24Vdc (Stainless steel
enclosure)
T2000R Standard Marine
Repeater with Power Supply
Unit 240Vac (Mild steel
enclosure)
T2000R Standard Marine
Repeater without Power
Supply Unit 24Vdc (Mild steel
enclosure)
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English

according to the default Marine functionality. The
slide in decals can be reversed and alternative text
added.
The back box has a removable chassis plate with the
PSM800M power supply, APM800 addressable
PSU monitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to
provide 72h backup.
The T2000 repeater with Power Supply is connected

to the Panel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m
distance). A maximum of x 7 repeaters (including one
MX REMOTE repeater) can be linked to each T2000
panel and can provide full repeater functions for all
panels on the system.
The operator control module (OCM800) can support
up to 80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED
annunciators, IOB800 input/output modules or
COM800 command modules.
Page 51
Warning Systems
QE90
The Vigilant QE90 Emergency Warning and

Intercommunication System (EWIS) is designed
to facilitate the orderly evacuation of a building in
the event of an emergency. Integrating a flexible
alarm and voice warning system with a dedicated
emergency intercom system, the QE90 allows fire
wardens or emergency services personnel to easily
control and coordinate rapid building evacuation.
QE90 meets the installation requirements of control
and indicating equipment AS 1670.4, complies with
equipment standard AS 2220.1 and supports the
ISO 8201 T3 evacuation signal and strobe pattern.
Features
Modular system is readily expandable
Networked systems for site-wide

interconnection
High level input from compatible FIPs
Choice of amplifers providing a wide range of

output power
Optional standby amplifiers with automatic

changeover
Visual alarm outputs
Factory programmable evacuation sequences
Standard or custom voice messages (on-site

recordable)
Wiring supervision for amplifiers, speaker

lines, visual alarm outputs, FIP inputs, MCP
inputs, power supplies, WIP circuits and ECP
interconnection
Duplicated communications links between

equipment locations
Music & non-emergency paging (with

emergency override)
Paging console available for non-emergency

paging
Non-emergency voice messages
Range of attractive 19 rack cabinets
QECOST Software Tool for Windows assists

the purchaser to specify and estimate the cost
of a QE90 system
Complies with EWIS standard AS 2220.11989
Supports ISO8201 T3 evacuation signal
CSIRO ActivFire listing number afp-524
FPANZ listing number VF/406

Factory-Programmable Facilities:
System configuration
Control relay outputs
Special cascade sequences
Warden zones
FIP/ emerg. call point input to zone mapping
Special digitised voice messages
Basic System Comprises:

Master Emergency Control Panel (MECP)
complete with full control facilities for
both Emergency Warning and Emergency
Intercommunication Systems
Individual amplifier(s) per zone
Alert/ Evacuate tones with automatic digitised
voice message
Emergency public address
Standard automatic alarm cascade sequence
3 WIP circuits per front panel zone
Full supervision of speaker, WIP and strobe lines
with visual indications and sounder
Fire alarm inputs (one per zone)
Master background music (BGM) input
One BGM override output per amplifier
Integral 24 Volt battery charger
Storage for stand-by batteries
Site-Programmable Facilities:
Time delays
- Alarm to Alert delay
- Alert to Evacuate delay
- Cascade step interval
Alert/ Evacuate/ PA groups
Background music zone selection
Individual zone isolation
Cascade enable/ disable
Service fault history recall/ clear
Redirection of Master WIP to field WIP (optional)
Operation of non-emergency Paging Console
to perform WIP, BGM and general indication
functions
Specifications
Panel size
18U
21U
Optional Extra Facilities:

More than 3 WIP circuits per zone
Secondary Emergency Control Panel(s)
Remote amplifier racks
Multiple FIP/ emergency call point inputs per zone
Emergency call point inputs
2 or 3-wire WIP/ emergency call point inputs
Strobe (visual) alarm outputs (T3 option)
Programmable relay outputs eg.
- Evac fault
- Any alarm
- Fault or alarm
- BGM override
- Auto/ Man/ Isol. - WIP fault
- WIP handset off hook
Emergency control panel lighting
Special cascade sequences
Automatic test sequence
Warden zones to alert wardens of alarm in
another area
Monitor zones to repeat the highest priority signal
that other nominated zones are receiving
After-hours timer input to override cascade
Custom digitised voice messages
(multiple languages available)
Stand-by amplifier(s) with automatic changeover
Distributed amplifier system
Inter-ECP WIP calls (for systems with more than
one ECP)
WIP calls redirected to PABX, radio, or other WIP
Remote WIP control panel
Individual zone BGM inputs
Remote BGM control panel
Paging console programmable to also perform
WIP control and BGM control functions
Paging chimes
PABX paging interface
Local zone non-emergency paging
Event-logging printer
High-level data links
Networking
Computer colour graphics SECP
28U
40U
Double 28U Double 40U
Height (mm)
885
1050
1330
1865
1330
1865
Width (mm)
575
575
575
575
1150
1150
MECP Depth (mm)
380
350
380
380
380
SECP Depth (mm)
205
205
205
205
Maximum number of zones with
10W RMS Amps
8
20
20
40
80
25W RMS Amps
6
10
10
20
40
50W RMS Amps
4
10
10
20
40
100W RMS Amps
2
5
5
10
20
200W RMS Amps
2
2
2
4
8
Amplifier configurations can be mixed 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 Watt
Speaker Line Voltage
100V RMS at rated power output
WIP Zones (maximum)
10
18
20
42
90
SECP Zones (maximum)
1-18
19-34
35-42
43-74
75-90
Special or larger system configurations are available on request
Cabinet Material
1.6mm mild steel
Cabinet Finish
Baked epoxy
Colour
Cream Wrinkle BFF998CW (special colours available on request)
-5C to +45C
Operating Humidity
up to 95% RH (non condensing)
Power Supply
230VAC +10% -11%, 50Hz
Refer to page 93 for a sample QE90 Configuration Sheet. These must be submitted with each QE90 order for both new panels
and updates to existing panels. Refer to the relevant TSP documentation for guidance on completing the configuration sheet.
Page 52
QE90 Ancillaries & Spares

FP0539 Paging Console
One or more Vigilant FP0539 Paging Consoles may
be used with a QE90 system. Each console gives
selective zone paging for up to 30 zones. These
zones do not need to be the same as evacuation
zones. Programming of any combinations of
amplifiers into paging zones can be done by Tyco
Safety Products. If the system has more than 30
paging zones, then more than one Paging Console
can be used at the same location to address the
zones. The top of the Paging Console is removed
to obtain access to the terminations. Only one
microphone is required per paging location and it
must be ordered separately.
Specifications
Power Consumption
The PC-based Paging Console interface and software

allows announcements to be made to up to 480
QE90 zones from a single Windows 2000/XP
workstation, without requiring a separate physical
paging console. The PC Paging Console interfaces
a PC and microphone to the QE90 system. Control
of paging individual or grouped evacuation zones
is provided by software. Where the SU0168
microphone is used, the Press To Talk button on the
PC screen is used when a paging announcement is
to be made. When using the SU0169 microphone
it is necessary to use the PTT button on the
microphone.
Specifications
Platform
Capacity
Output Voltage
Microphone Voltage
Frequency Response
Distortion
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Part Numbers
FP0539
SU0168
SU0169
<50mA (no zones select.)

<150mA (all zones select)
300 to 700mV
1 to 100mV (AGC)
100 to 10kHz 3dB
10mV input, <2%
80 x 410 x 210mm
4kg
Paging Console
Gooseneck Microphone
Desktop Microphone
FP0902 PC Paging Console
Connection
Dimensions (HWD)
Part Number
Windows 2000, XP
Supports 480 QE90 zones
and 10 user programmed
groups of zones
via audio and comms, PC
required with 2 free RS232
ports
310 x 238 x 105mm
FP0902
Hand Held Microphone with Press to Talk

The handheld dynamic microphone is fitted with a
press-to-talk (PTT) button. It is suitable for plugging
into T-GEN 50 and QE90 to provide emergency PA
and on-site recording of digitised speech message.
Two models are available;
ME0213 has a DIN plug for use on older
QE90 ECP9002.
ME0290 (illustrated) has a flat plug for use
on T-GEN 50 and QE90 ECP9702.
Part Numbers
ME0213
ME0290
Microphone c/w DIN plug for

QE90 ECP9002
Microphone c/w flat plug for
T-GEN 50 and
QE90 ECP9702
SU0168 Gooseneck Microphone

The SU0168 Gooseneck Paging microphone is a
dynamic microphone with a cardioid polar pattern.
This elegant gooseneck microphone features
smooth, brilliant sound with excellent ambient
noise control and feedback rejection. Its screw
base is suitable for mounting on equipment or
permanent desk mounting . The slimline design of
this microphone makes it ideal for custom paging
consoles. Supplied with 200mm flying leads and
mounting kit for FP0539 Paging Console.
Specifications
Polar Pattern
Output Impedance
Rated Sensitivity
Frequency Response
Part Number
Cardioid (unidirectional)
600 Ohm balanced at 1kHz
-80dB (1kHz, 0dB=1 V/Pa)
150Hz-12kHz
SU0168
The SU0169 Desktop Paging microphone is a

dynamic microphone with a cardioid polar pattern.
It features a short-off press-to-talk (PTT) switch with
an open-off type extra switch. It has low handling
noise and a 600 ohm balanced output impedance.
Compatible with the FP0539 Paging Console.
Specifications
Polar Pattern
Output Impedance
Rated Sensitivity
Frequency Response
Cable
Cable Length
Termination
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Part Number
Cardioid (unidirectional)
600 Ohm balanced at 1kHz
-58dB (1kHz, 0dB=1 V/Pa)
100 Hz to 10kHz
2 core shielded plus 2 core
2.5m
5 pin DIN plug
215 x 100 x 150mm
440g
SU0169
SU0169 Desktop Microphone
Page 53

FP0938 WIP Phone
The Vigilant. FP0938 Warden Intercom Point (WIP)
phone is designed specifically for use with sound
and intercommunication systems for emergency
purposes. WIP phones are used by wardens to
communicate between evacuation zones and the
intercom control and indication equipment (c.i.e.).
When the handset is lifted, a call is automatically
initiated to the intercom c.i.e.
The FP0938 has been certified as complying
with AS/ACIF S004 and as a WIP phone for
intercommunication systems for emergency
purposes complying with AS 2220.1 and installed
to AS 1670.4 at both the c.i.e. and the WIP
locations.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
6Vdc (@ 9mA) to
15Vdc (@ 22.5mA)
AC Impedance
600 ohms (off hook)
25 - 50 ohms (on hook)
Ring Voltage
6Vac r.m.s.
Ring SPL
82dBA @ 1m (approx)
Screw Terminations
To suit 0.75 to1.5mm2 wire
Ambient Temp
-10C to +50C
Material
Red ABS
Dimensions (mm)
215 x 70 x 70 (HWD)
Part Numbers
FP0938
PA0689
Vigilant WIP Phone

PCB WIP Flashing Board
Specifications
Material
Finish
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Part Number
Mild Steel
Red powdercoat
386 x 156 x 155mm
1.8 kg
EA0412
EA0412 WIP Phone Surface Mount Enclosure

EA0412 is designed for use in Emergency Warning
Systems, for providing Warden Intercom Points
(WIPs) protection against impact.
The enclosure door is held closed by a magnetic
catch. The enclosure is finished in red powder coat.
STI-CIS Analyser and STI-CIS TALKBox

The STI-CIS Analyser measures the speech
intelligibility of a fire alarm evacuation signal. To
measure overall speech intelligibility, the STI-CIS
Analyser uses the STI measurement method
to factor in the effects of the warning system,
room acoustics (reverberations and echoes) and
background noise.
The STI-CIS Analyser comes equipped with its
own microphone and LED display and has buttons
to activate dBA and CIS measurements. There is
provision for a PC interface (RS-232) for use with the
STI-CIS Noise Effect Correction Software Tool.
Specifications - Analyser
Ambient Temp
0 to 50C
Power Supply
8 x AA batteries/AC adaptor
Dimensions (HWD) 410 x 250 x 70mm
Weight
160g
Specifications - TALKBox
Power Supply1
12Vdc, 190mA via 8 x AA
batteries or AC adaptor at
500mA (12Vdc, tip positive)
SPL Output
0 dB to 100 dBA
(STI-PA test tone)
Ambient Temp
0 to 50C
Dimensions (HWD) 470 x 360 x 180mm
Weight
520g
Part Numbers
STI-CIS
The TALKBox is used to send the STI-PA test tone

into the fire alarm warning system. It interfaces with
the system through its microphone input. A linelevel output is also available for systems with direct
line inputs. The TALKBox comes equipped with
its own CD player and speaker. The CD player has
controls to Play, Rewind, and Fast Forward the CD
with STI-PA test tone (supplied). However, pressing
Play on the CD player is all that is required to play
the test tone once you insert the STI-PA Test Tone
CD into the CD player. Power is supplied to the
TALKBox through a DC power supply (connected
to the Ext. Power socket) or batteries. The TALKBox
operates a minimum of 18 hours on eight AA
alkaline batteries.
Page 54
Analyser & TALKBox Kit
1. 92dB(A) STI-PA tone out

QE90 Spares - Amplifiers
PA0650 EAMP9001
4x10W / 2x25W Zone Power Amp PCB
PA0688 1923-19 Microphone Pre-Amp PCB
PA0647 AMP200
200W Amplifier Module PCB
PA0690 HAMP9308
2x50W/1x100W Amplifier Module PCB
QE90 Spares - Transformer Modules
PA0691 HTRN9308-1
2x50W Transformer Module
PA0695 HTMS9408-2
2x50W Transformer Music Switching Module
PA0692 HTRN9308-2
1x100W Transformer Module
PA0696 HTMS9408-2
1x100W Transformer Music Switching Module
PA0648 TRAN200
200W Transformer Module
Page 55

QE90 Spares - Transformer Modules
PA0792 TRAN9705-2
4x25W Transformer Module c/w Relays
PA0794 TRAN9705-4
PA0795 TRAN9706-1
4x10W Transformer Module without Relays
PA0796 TRAN9706-2
QE90 Spares - Interface Modules
PA0657 SE9004 Signal Interface PCB
PA0649 SPIF9709
SECP Panel Interface
PA0481 RZDU/RS232
Interface PCB 1901-100
Page 56

QE90 Spares
PA0916 WTRM2000
WIP Termination PCB
PA0642 WIPS2000
WIP Slave Module 0V Ref Inputs PCB
ME0297 QE90 Auto/Man/Isol

Keyswitch Assembly
PA0643 ECP9702-1
3 WIP/Zone Control PCB
PA0689 WLED9307
QE90 WIP Flashing LED PCB
PA0653 EMSP8911-2
3 WIP/Zone Display Keyboard Extender
Page 57

QE90 Spares - Communications
PA0697 STRM9502
Strobe/Relay Module PCB with AS 2220/ISO 8201 Selection
PA0646 ALIM9706
Audio Line Isolator PCB
PA0698 ECM9603
Evac Communications Module PCB
PA0651 FIB8910
FIP/BGA Master PCB
PA0652 FIPE9004
FIP/BGA Extension PCB
Page 58
PA0758/759 EMUX9601
Multiplexer 16/60s Speech PCB with AS 2220
and ISO 8201 Selection
Warning System Tone Generators

Mini-Gen Mk2
The Mini-Gen Mk2 has been designed to connect
directly to Tyco/Vigilant fire alarm panels, but may
be connected to other suitable panels. It utilises the
fire alarm panels warning system output supervision
to supervise the wiring (from the panel to the unit
and from the unit to the speakers) for open and
short circuit faults. Mini-Gen is available in 12V and
24V versions and has in-built software allowing
link selection to configure the Alert and Evacuate
signal type and timing including keywords and voice
message.
Specifications
Speaker Line Output
Load
Warning Signals
Other Tone
PCB Dimensions (LWH)
FPANZ Listed
Part Numbers
PA1025
PA1026
The T-GEN 50 tone generator and Public Address

amplifier module generates emergency warning
signals for alarm and evacuation systems where a
full EWIS to AS 2220 or AS 1670.4 is not required.
T-GEN 50 provides 50 watts rms of alarm tone into
a 100 volt line. Different tones can be selected
including the AS 2220 Alert and Evacuate signals
and the ISO 8201 Evacuate tone. T-GEN 50
provides fault supervision, Public Address facilities
and recorded speech message generation. Readily
available accessories ensure that installing the T-GEN
50 is quick and easy. Additional (slave) modules can
be added to increase power output.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Power Output
(@ 27Vdc)
Warning Signals
Other Tones
PCB Dims (LWH)
FPANZ Listed
100V
20W max per unit
AS 2220, ISO 8201
RH3
93x67x35mm
VF/419
12V Mini-Gen Mk2
24V Mini-Gen Mk2
T-GEN 50
Part Numbers
PA0766
PA0886
FP0698
ME0289
ME0289 1U Rack Mounting Control Panel (incl. switch, loom & hardware) T-GEN 50 not included.
ME0290
ME0291
ME0292
ME0297
SW0018
19.2 to 28.8 Vdc

50W (rms) tone,
25W (rms) speech
AS 2220, ISO 8201
RH3, HeeHaw, Wail
125x195x55mm
VF/416
T-GEN 50 Tones,
ISO 8201, Aust & NZ voice
T-GEN 50 Bell, Aust & NZ
voice, no tone option
T-GEN 50 3U rack mtg panel
T-GEN 50 1U rack mtg
control panel
Handheld Microphone
T-GEN 50 A/I/E sw & brkt
T-GEN 50 box, 003 lock
SW0018 with loom &
connector
A/I/E 3 position key switch
FP0698 T-GEN 50 3U Rack Mounting Panel (incl. PA0766) shown with optional keyswitch (supplied loose)
ME0291 T-GEN 50 Auto/Isol/Evac Sw & Brkt
A standalone tone generator and PA

announcement system can be constructed by
using a T-GEN 50 mounted in a cabinet (eg,
ME0292), together with the ME0291 Auto/
Isolate/Evacuate switch, and the ME0290
microphone. A suitable power supply is also
required, (e.g. Series 1948 24V 2 Amp
(FP0766) and 2 x 6.5 Amp hour batteries - this
is the same size as the T-GEN 50 cabinet).
ME0292 T-GEN 50 Cabinet
Bell Monitor
The Bell Monitor 1864-32 is a small module
designed to provide open and short circuit fault
(defect) supervision of an evacuation circuit of an
automatic fire alarm system, as required by NZS
4512 and AS 1670.1. It can be used to supervise
the evacuation circuit wiring of older fire alarm panels
that do not have this capability built in. Also, because
it contains its own evacuation circuit relay, it can
be used to extend or increase the evacuation load
capability of fire alarm panels that already have built
in evacuation wiring supervision. It is available as 12V
(PA0469) and 24V (PA0494) versions.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Evac cct sup current:
Evac cct sup voltage:
Evac sys voltage3
Evac sys current
Dimensions (HWD):
FPANZ Listing
Part Numbers
PA0469
PA0494
12V20%
24V20%
3mA (5mA LED1) 4mA (8mA LED1)
0.65mA
1.3mA
6.5V2
13V2
30Vdc max
5Adc resistive max.
62 x 62 x 29 mm
VF/606
PA0469
PA0494
1. Minimum current for LED visibility 2. Across 10k EOL

3. If separate from panel
Page 59
Warning System Ancillaries

Visual Devices
SR
SRK
SW
SR Wall Strobe, Red
SRK Wall Strobe, Red, Outdoor
SW Wall Strobe, White
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Flash Energy
Ambient Temp
Dimensions (HWD)
Part Number
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Flash Energy
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Part Number
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Flash Energy
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Part Number
24Vdc
210mA max.
1 Hz
15 to 115 cd (7 settings)
0C to +49C
10 to 93% n/cond
142x119x64 mm
SR
24Vdc
210mA max.
1 Hz
-40C to +66C
145x130x115 mm
SRK
24Vdc
210mA max.
1 Hz
0C to +49C
10 to 93% n/cond
142x119x64 mm
SW
P2R
P2RK
P4R
P2R 2-Wire, Wall Horn/Strobe, Red
P2RK 2-Wire Wall Horn/Strobe, Red, Outdoor
P4R 4-Wire Wall Horn/Strobe, Red
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Flash Energy
SPL (@ 24V) *
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Part Number
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Flash Energy
SPL (@ 24V) *
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Part Number
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Flash Energy
SPL (@ 24V) *
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Part Number
24Vdc
229mA max.
1 Hz
15 to 115 cd
76 to 84/88 to 93 dBA
0C to +49C
10 to 93% n/cond
142x119x64 mm
P2R
24Vdc
229mA max.
1 Hz
15 to 115 cd
76 to 84/88 to 93 dBA
-40C to +66C
10 to 93% n/cond
145x130x115 mm
P2RK
24Vdc
229mA max.
1 Hz
15 to 115 cd
76 to 84/88 to 93 dBA
0C to +49C
10 to 93% n/cond
142x119x64 mm
P4R
Notes
* The tone is selectable between Temporal 3 and Non-Temporal (continuous). The tone volume is selectable between Low, Medium, High.
SPL is 76/80/84 dBA Temporal 3 and 83/86/88 dBA Continuous from a 24Vdc supply.
Page 60

EA0301/2
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Flash Energy
Protection
Dimensions
Weight
Part Numbers
EA0301
EA0302
24Vdc
80mA
130 fpm
0.6J
IP55
100 dia x 80 mm
160g
Amber AX-35
Red AX-35
EA0305/6
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Flash Energy
Protection
Dimensions
Weight
Part Numbers
EA0305
EA0306
24Vdc
400mA
90 fpm
3.15J
IP55
100 dia x 94 mm
230g
Amber
Red
DLE201215A/R
ESS7010R
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Flash Rate
Luminous Intensity
Power
Protection
Ambient Temp
Dimensions
Weight
Part Numbers
DLE201215A
DLE201215R
Specifications
Op. Voltage
Op. Current
Flash Energy
Flash Rate
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Ingress Protection
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Part Number
20 to 28Vdc
250mA @24Vdc
5J
1Hz
-25C to +55C
up to 90% (n/c.)
IP55
86x86x83 mm
200g
ESS7010R
Specifications
Op. Voltage
Inrush Current 1
Op. Current 1
Flash Energy
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Part Number
20 to 30Vdc
290mA
140mA
2.6J
-5C to +60C
10 to 95% (n/c.)
180x130x85mm
350g
40020
EA0313
Specifications
Op. Voltage
Inrush Current 1
Op. Current 1
Flash Energy
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Part Number
24Vdc
600mA
120 fpm
100 Cd (Amber)
15W
IP65
-20C to +55C
160 dia x 175mm
450g
Amber
Red
40020
20 to 30Vdc
290mA
160mA
2.6J
-30C to +60C
10 to 95% (n/c.)
250x150x80mm
450g
EA0313
1. Ratings at 24Vdc
1. Ratings at 24Vdc
Where two distinct visible signals are required, the Tyco EA0313 Dual Strobe unit is
available. The dual strobes operate at 24 volts and provide a 2.6 Joule output. The strobes
may be powered in tandem over a two wire circuit or independently over a 4 wire circuit.
The 40020 is designed to be mounted on an external wall. It is

weather resistant and made of fire resistant ABS. Screws and caps are
supplied.
ESS7111XR
ESS7010ISR
Specifications
Op Voltage
Op Current
Dims (mm)
Protection
Material
Approval
Part Number
ESS7111XR
24Vdc
270mA
165 x 246
IP67
Aluminium
CENELEC
EExdIICT4
ESS7111XR
The ESS7111XR is a CENELEC approved EEx d IIC T4 device that is capable of

automatically synchronising its flash rate with other adjacent beacons. The flash
intensity is rated at 5 Joules. It features an adjustable stainless steel mounting
bracket and is rated to IP67.
Specifications
Op. Voltage
Op. Current
Flash Energy
Flash Rate
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Ingress Protection
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Part Number
10 to 28Vdc1
25mA @24Vdc
5J
120 fpm
-40C to +60C
up to 90% (n/c.)
IP56
86x86x93 mm
400g
ESS7010ISR
1. Via zener barrier
The ESS7010ISx is an EExia rated LED warning light. It is rated ATEX EExia IIC T4,
certificate ITS02ATEX2006.
Page 61

Audio Devices
HS-15EEXIINT
EX II 3 G
Certified by/Certification code/Number: NEMKO /
EEx nA II T6 / 03 ATEX3286
100V Line Ex Rated Horn Speakers

Specifications
HS-15EEXIINT HP-20EEXIINT
Line Voltage
100V
100V
Power Rating
15 W
20 W
Power Taps
0.8,2,4,5,7.5,15 1.5,2,5,6,10,20
SPL 1W/1m
107 dB
110 dB
SPL @ rated power 118 dB
122dB
Eff. freq. range(Hz) 370-7000
310-8000
Dispersion
(-6dB 1&4kHz)
150 / 40 115 / 30
Material
Alum.
Polyamide
Weight
2.8 kg
2.3 kg
IP-rating
IP67
IP67
Ambient Temp
-50 to +50C -50 to +150C
Dimensions (dia x L) 163x247
237 x 286
BASEEFA / Ex ds IIB+H2 T6 / Ex 81218
Part Numbers
HS-15EEXIINT HP-20EEXIIN(T)
HP-20EEXIINT
EX II GD Zone 22
Certified by/Certification code/Number: NEMKO /
EEx nA II T3 / Nemko 03ATEX3568
EA0013 100V Line 10W Horn Speaker

This ABS horn speaker is designed primarily for
distributed paging systems where a high degree
of speech articulation and program clarity is
paramount. Typical applications include schools,
train/bus stations, airports, car parks and plant
rooms. An adjustable power tap switch is provided,
as is a 22F bipolar isolation capacitor to permit line
monitoring function when employed with Warning
System installations. A 4 core loop-through flying
lead is provided.
Specifications
Power Rating
Power Taps
Frequency Response
Isolation Capacitor
Dispersion Angle
Dimensions (L x dia)
Ingress Protection
Part Number
10W
1.25, 2.5, 5, 7.5, 10W
104dB, 1W@1m
114dB, 10W@1m
300Hz to 13kHz
22F Bipolar
110
255 x 180 mm
IP66
C2049

This plastic horn speaker is designed primarily for
distributed paging systems. The speakers have
clear speech reproduction to ensure intelligibility of
announcements. Power taps are adjustable to suit
the power rating of the amplifier or the area to be
covered. The speakers are fitted with a 22F bipolar
capacitor for line monitoring and a 4 core flying lead
for loop-in and loop-out connections. Each speaker
has nickel-chromium plated mild steel hardware
included, making them ideal for aquatic centre
installations.
Specifications
Power Rating
Power Taps
Frequency Response
Isolation Capacitor
Dispersion Angle
Dimensions (dia x L)
Ingress Protection
Part Number
20W
5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20W
108dB 1W @ 1m
121dB 20W @ 1m
275Hz to 10kHz
22F Bipolar
70
212 x 285 mm
IP66
EA0016
Specifications
Power Rating
Power Taps
Frequency Response
Dispersion Angle
Dimensions (dia x L)
Weight
Ingress Protection
Part Number
30W
3.75,7.5,10,15,30W
109dB 1W @ 1m
330Hz to 8kHz
130
238 x 287 mm
2.6 kg
-20C to +55C
IP66
EA0017

This IP66 rated weatherproof horn speaker is
ideal for indoor or outdoor use. It features marine
grade aluminium mounting bracket and stainless
steel fixings, making it ideal for use in marine
environments, on board drilling rigs, ships, industrial
plants and other areas of harsh environments. The
EA0017 will also endure extreme temperature
variations. The UV stabilised ABS construction,
coupled with the aluminium mounting bracket and
stainless steel fixings make it the first choice for use
in outdoor & marine applications.
Page 62

FP0864 Mini Speaker
Mini Speaker is a compact 100V speaker suitable
for use with tone warning systems. It is intended as
a more compact, albeit less powerful, alternative to
a ceiling mounted cone speaker, primarily for use in
residential situations. The mini speaker mounts on an
electrical industry standard flush or surface box.
Specifications
Equivalent Power
Cable Size
Dimensions
Part Number
1.25W @ 100V line

82dBA to 90dBA @ 1m*
4mm2 (max.)
119x74x41 HWD
FP0864
* Adjustable in 4 steps
EA0006 - 100V Line Ceiling Recessed Speakers
SRSPR4S (EA0006) Speaker

The EA0006 speakers feature a tapped line
transformer with cover, 5 position terminal strip and
line supervisory capacitor. EA0006 is a 100mm
diameter cone speaker suitable for concealed
mounting in ceilings.
Specifications
Power Rating
Driver Impedance
Power Taps
Frequency Response
Line Voltage
Directivity @ 2kHz
Dimensions
Part Numbers
SRSPR4S
SRSPRGFA4S
EA0104
F IR E
10W rms
8 Ohm
0.33, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5W
92dB 1W @ 1m
75Hz to 20kHz @-6dB
100V
160
diameter 100mm
SRSPRGFA4S Speaker Grille
EA0006 4 Speaker
Grille (white Fire)
Screw Covers pkt 80
EA0700 100V Line Surface Mount Speaker EA0005 One Shot 100V Line Speaker
Specifications
Power Rating
Power Taps
Frequency Response
Dimensions
Part Number
This fitting has been

designed to mount
directly to the underside
of concrete slabs or
inaccessible ceilings.
The housing is mounted
to the surface using
concealed internal fixings.
Once mounted, the grille
and speaker assembly
simply screws to the
housing. Cable entry can
be either from the rear,
or via surface mounted
conduit (four 19mm
conduit knockouts are
provided) with transformer
5W
taps of 0.33 to 5W on
0.33, 0.66, 1.25, 2.5, 5W 100V line PA systems.
87dB, 1W @ 1m
A 4 way wire protected
100Hz - 20kHz
terminal strip and a 22F
220 dia x 55H mm
bi-polar capacitor for line
EA0700
monitoring is included.
The One Shot PA speaker

and grille is designed to
install easily into 10 to
13mm gyprock/plaster/
acoustic ceilings. Simply
drill the required size hole,
terminate the wiring and
push the speaker into the
ceiling until it snaps into
place. They are designed
to meet the requirements
of AS2220.1, with a
transformer cover and
22F capacitor. The
transformer has 5 power
taps from 0.33 to 5W and Specifications
Power Rating
a 4 way terminal block.
Power Taps
Frequency Response
Ceiling Cutout
Part Number
5 Watts
0.33, 0.66, 1.25, 2.5, 5W
92dB 1W @ 1m
100Hz - 15kHz
140mm diameter
EA0005
100V Line Audio Attenuators
A2245 10W Models

and 40W Models
A2339 100W
These 100V line audio attenuators install in a

standard electrical flush box or mounting block.
Screwdriver terminals enable a simple and neat
connection. Models for 10W ,40W and 100W are
available with an override relay facility. With fire
evacuation systems it is necessary to override the
attenuator setting to broadcast an announcement at
full volume. The override relays can be configured to
operate in two modes. The standard mode requires
24Vdc applied to the relay coil to override the
volume setting. The fail-safe mode requires 24Vdc to
allow the attenuator to operate normally.
Specifications
Power Rating (100V line)
Attenuation (dB)
Relay Override
Operation Voltage
Wall Box Size
Part Numbers
10W 40W
0 to 26.3
100W
0 to 33
24Vdc typical
1 gang 1 gang 2 gang
A2245 A2255 A2339
Page 63

DB3 Flameproof Horn Sounder
corrosion free product. A tapered flamepath is used.
The DB3 sounder volume is adjustable from 93dBA
at 50mA** to 115dBA at 350mA**
**Input current is measured with 24V input voltage, tone
970Hz continuous
The DB3 Horn Sounder is a high power device

designed for use in potentially explosive
atmospheres and harsh environments. Stainless
steel screws and sinter are incorporated to ensure a
Approvals
CENELEC EN50014,18,19
BASEEFA Cert No BAS00ATEX2097X
EExd IIC 100C (-55 to +55C amb)
T5 Zone 1 & Zone 2
UL Listed
Class 1 Div 2, Groups A-D
Class 1 Zones 1 & 2, AExd IIC T4
Listing No E203310
GOST
1Exd IIC T4 & 1Exde IIC T4
Certificate No A-0759
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Rated Current*
Sound Pressure Level*
Tones
Cable Entries
Terminals
Temperature
EExd
UL
GOST Exd
Weight
Ingress Protection
Part Number
24Vdc
380mA @ 24Vdc
115dBA 3dBA
27 user selectable
1 x 20mm EExd
6 x 2.5mm2
-20C to +55C
-55C to +55C
-20C to +50C
6kg
IP66
576.501.043
* tone dependent
FP0875 Isolation Amplifier

The FP0875 Isolation Amplifier connects to an
existing 100V speaker line and reproduces this
signal at up to 50W load on a separate supervised
100V line. It is suitable for use with speech and
music as well as with warning tones. The 100V
output line from the amplifier is electrically isolated
from the input 100V line, so noise or other signals
on the output line are kept separate and do not affect
the input line. The Isolation Amplifier requires a
nominal supply of 27Vdc.
Specifications
Supply Voltage
Quiescent Current
Active Current
Input Signal
Output Voltage
Output Power
Dimensions (HWD)
Part Number
19.6V to 28.8Vdc
57mA1
2.2A (50W @ 27Vdc)
100V rms @ 1W max.
100V rms
50W rms2 / 25W3
240x295x80 mm
FP0875
1. No speech or background music

2. Tones 3. Speech/music
150mm Motorised Bell

Features - SRALM612
Approved for indoor and

outdoor use
Low current draw
High 82dBA/m
Slim profile (53mm)
Polarised for use with

supervision circuitry
Features - SSM246
CE Marked
Low cost
Extra high 94dBA/m
Slim profile (53mm)
Fully suppressed
and polarised
Quick and easy to install
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Rated Current
SPL (dBA @ 1m)
Ambient Temp
Colour
SRALM612 SSM246
12Vdc
24Vdc
30mA
53.5mA
95
82
-10C to +50C
Red
Red
Part Numbers
SRALM612
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Rated Current
Sound Character
SPL (dBA @ 3m)
Ambient Temp
Colour
Dims (Dia x L)
FPANZ Listed
RH3
RH4
12Vdc
24Vdc
250mA
125mA
5 Hz sweep, 500 Hz to 1400 Hz
100
100
-10C to +50C
Red
Red
132 x 150 mm typical
VF/401
VF/402
Part Numbers
FP0416A
SSM246
RH Sounders
The RH series includes two sounder types - RH3,
a 12Vdc device; and RH4, a 24Vdc device. Both
sirens are finished in Signal Red to shade No 537
NZS 7702. They feature a mounting bracket
adjustable to angle the siren over 90 degrees. The
sirens are provided with flying leads 300mm in
length.
Page 64
FP0469
Audio Visual Indicators (AVI)
FP0853 AVI MK2 2 LINE RED Shown with FA2301

Facia
Specifications
Operating Voltage
19 to 28Vdc
Current (@24Vdc)
1 Line & tone
45mA
2 Lines & tone
62mA
3 Lines & tone
80mA
4 Lines & tone
97mA
Luminance
300cd/m2 - 1Hz Flash
Sound Pressure
90dBA @ 1m axial
Dimensions (HWD)
206x316x85 mm
Designed to comply with AS1603.11
FPANZ Listed
VF/417
The AVI Mk2 is an illuminated warning sign that

produces distinct audible and visual indication of
an emergency. It is designed for use with fire alarm
or gaseous fire extinguishing systems, or other
applications where clear audio-visual warning is
required. On activation, the AVIs internal LEDs
illuminate the lettering on the 2 or 3 line sign
faceplate/s and the internal loudspeaker produces
either ISO 8201 or AS 2220 audible warning
signals. The internal speaker has a link selectable
Quiet option that reduces the tone volume by 10dB.
programmable using internal links. This way,

the AVI can readily display either two-stage or
alternate warnings. Up to four lines of text may be
accommodated on the faceplate, although use of
two or three lines is standard. For situations with low
ambient light, the sign illumination can be reduced
by removing a resistor in each LED Board driver.
This also reduces current consumption. Expansion
options include an LED board kit to convert a red 2line unit to 3-line and a back-box kit to expand a red
2-line unit to ceiling mounted, double sided format.
Configuration Options
Illumination of the top and bottom sign sections
and selection of the tones to be used is field
Several AVIs may be synchronised by connecting

the Sync terminals (an additional wire is required
between units).
Part Numbers
FP0853 AVI Mk2 2 line red
FP0854 AVI Mk2 3 line yellow
KT0292* Exp Kit: red LED PCB + hardware
KT0293** Expansion Kit: red double sided
FA2300 FIRE ALARM EVACUATE AREA 2 line red
FA2301 FIRE ALARM DO NOT ENTER 2 line red
FA2302 DO NOT ENTER CO2 GAS DISCHARGED
3 line red
FA2303 DO NOT ENTER FM-200 GAS
DISCHARGED
3 line red
FA2304 DO NOT ENTER INERGEN GAS
DISCHARGED 3 line red
FA2306 CO2 SYSTEM INOPERATIVE 3 line
yellow
FA2307 FM-200 SYSTEM INOPERATIVE
3 line yellow
FA2308 INERGEN SYSTEM INOPERATIVE
3 line yellow
FA2310
WARNING FIRE DOOR CLOSING

3 line red
FA2476
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE 3 line yellow
*adds a 3rd LED board to make 3 line red sign

** adds 2nd cover & base with 2 LED boards for ceiling
mounted double sided 2 line red sign
FP0854 AVI MK2 3 LINE YELLOW
KT0292 AVI MK2 EXPANSION RED

LED PCB & HARDWARE
KT0293 AVI MK2 RED DOUBLE

SIDED EXPANSION KIT
FA2300 AVI MK2 FACIA &

DIFFUSER,FIRE ALARM,EVACUATE
AREA

DIFFUSER,FIRE ALARM,DO NOT
ENTER

DIFFUSER,DO NOT ENTER,C02
DISCHARGED

DIFFUSER, DO NOT ENTER, FM-200
GAS DISCHARGED

DIFFUSER, DO NOT ENTER, INERGEN
GAS DISCHARGED

DIFFUSER,CO2 GAS SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE

DIFFUSER, FM-200 GAS SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE

DIFFUSER, INERGEN GAS SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE

DIFFUSER, WARNING FIRE DOOR
CLOSING

DIFFUSER,EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE
Page 65
Batteries and Power Supplies

Batteries
Part Number
BA12012
BA12070
PSH-12100
BA12120
BA12170
BA12240
BA12400
BA12650
Voltage (V) Ah
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
1.2
7
10.5
12
17
24
40
65
Dimensions (mm)
Length Width
97
47.5
150
65
151
65
151
98
180
75
175
165
197
165
350
166
Weight (kg)
Height
55
98
117
98
168
125
170
174
Tyco rechargeable batteries are lead-lead dioxide

systems. The dilute sulphuric acid electrolyte is
suspended and thus immobilised. Should the battery
be accidentally overcharged producing hydrogen
and oxygen, special oneway valves allow the gases
to escape thus avoiding excessive pressure build-up.
Otherwise, the battery is completely sealed and is,
therefore, maintenance-free and leak proof.
0.65
2.8
3.2
4.7
6.0
9.0
14.5
24.1
24Vdc Power Supplies for QE90/MX4428/F4000
ME0331 - 24Vdc 6A (QE90)

ME0340 - 24Vdc 6A (MX4428)
PSU2406 and PSU2412 power supplies feature

combined power supply and constant voltage,
temperature compensated, battery charging facilities
to suit QE90 evacuation systems and
MX4428/F4000 fire indicator panels.
The range of models includes 6 Amp in 19 rack
mounting (2U) or gear-plate mounting (brick) and 12
Amp in 19 rack mounting (2U).
Informative LEDs provide diagnostic indications for
ease of servicing.
A green LED on the front panel indicates operation
and its flash cadence indicates current loading.
A yellow LED provides fault indication with the
flash cadence identifying the fault type. The power
supplies require a mains power input of 230V 50Hz.
ME0330 - 24Vdc 6A Brick (QE90)

ME0334 - 24Vdc 6A Brick (MX4428)
ME0333 - 24Vdc 12A (QE90 - PSU2412)
Specifications
2406
2412
Output
24Vdc 6A
24Vdc 12A
19 Rack Type
Dimensions (mm HWD) 89x483x123 89x483x180
Brick Type
Dimensions (mm HWD) 96x262x158
FPANZ Listed
VF/648
Part Numbers
19 Rack Type
QE90
ME0331
ME0333
MX4428
ME0340
ME0343
Brick type
QE90
ME0330
MX4428
ME0334
Accessories
PA0813
Monitor/Term PCB - Spares
ME0343 - 24Vdc 12A (MX4428 - PSU2412F)
12Vdc General Purpose Power Supplies
ME0346 - 12Vdc 6A Brick

ME0347 - 12Vdc 12A Brick
Page 66
The 12 Volt 6 Amp PSU1206G and 12 Volt 12 Amp

PSU1212G General Purpose Battery Charger/Power
Supply Units (PSU) are supplied in a brick format
enclosure and are intended for placing on a shelf
within a cabinet or mounting on a wall or gear plate
using the 4 mounting holes provided. These units
can be operated in any orientation provided that the
ventilation louvres in the case are not obstructed. The
unit comes complete with a pre-wired 2 metre mains
lead and 3-pin plug and 1 metre Red (+) and Black (-)
unterminated leads are provided for connection to
the battery / equipment as required.
Specifications
Output
Dimensions (mm HWD)
Weight
FPANZ Listed
Part Numbers
Accessories
PA0813
1206G
1212G
12Vdc 6A
12Vdc 12A
96x262x158
5kg
VF/647
ME0346
ME0347
Monitor/Term PCB - Spares

FP0521 DBA PSU 12Vdc 0.5A
The Vigilant 1926 DBA Power Supply is mainly
intended for powering 2-wire SGD installations in
DBAs but may also be used to power any fire alarm
system or load where supervised 12 volt power is
required. It includes a defect (battery monitor) circuit
with relay contact output which is usually wired in
series with the defect input of one of the SGDs it
powers.
Specifications
Output
12Vdc 0.5A
Input
230Vac 50Hz
Battery Capacity
6.5 Ah (BA12070)
Dimensions (HWD)
295x240x80mm
ICONZ Approved for SGD
FPANZ Listed
VF/629
Part Number
FP0521
This battery box provides 8U of 19 rack capacity

and has a similar finish to the range of standard Tyco
19 Rack Cabinets - 1.6mm mild steel construction,
with powder coated, cream wrinkle finish. The
cabinet provides IP51 protection and door is secured
with 003 lock. 24 volt battery capacity is 80Ah
using 2 x PS-12800 batteries (not stocked) or up to
120Ah using 6x 40Ah batteries (BA12400).
Specifications
Dimensions (HWD)
Material
FP0576 Empty Battery Box
Ingress Protection
Part Number
440x550x211mm
1.6mm mild steel, powder
coat cream wrinkle
IP51
FP0576
FP0754 24Vdc 6A AS 1603.4 & AS 4428 MX4428/F4000 Power Supply

FP0754 comprises an ME0334 (PSU2406F brick)
power supply for AS 1603.4 & AS 4428 MX4428/
F4000 mounted within the FP0576 8U 19 rack
battery box which has a similar finish to the range
of standard Vigilant 19 Rack Cabinets. The cabinet
provides IP51 protection and the door is secured
with 003 lock.
Specifications
Output
Input
Battery Capacity
Dimensions (HWD)
Cabinet
Ingress Protection
Part Number
24Vdc 6A
230Vac 50Hz
2x 40Ah (BA12400)
440x550x211mm
coat cream wrinkle
IP51
FP0754
Specifications
Output
Input
Battery Capacity
Dimensions (HWD)
Ingress Protection
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
12Vdc 2A
230Vac 50Hz
6.5 Ah (BA12070)
295x240x80mm
IP51
afp-1341
VF/629
FP0765
Specifications
Output
Input
Battery Capacity
Dimensions (HWD)
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
24Vdc 2A
230Vac 50Hz
2x 6.5 Ah (BA12070)
295x240x80mm
afp-1341
VF/629
FP0766
FP0765 PSU1948 12Vdc 2A Power Supply

Series 1948 Power Supplies are designed
specifically for use in fire alarm systems. They
provide a compact, self-contained mains power
supply. Their built-in facilities to monitor the charging
voltage and battery capacity make them ideal for
powering brigade signalling equipment, detectors,
warning devices and ancillary equipment. If the
charging voltage or battery capacity becomes
low they activate a warning indication and output.
Sealed lead-acid batteries may be purchased
separately.
FP0766 PSU1948 24Vdc 2A Power Supply

Series 1948 Power Supplies are designed
specifically for use in fire alarm systems. They
provide a compact, self-contained mains power
supply. Their built-in facilities to monitor the charging
voltage and battery capacity make them ideal for
charging voltage or battery capacity becomes low
they activate a warning indication and output. Sealed
lead-acid batteries may be purchased separately.
Page 67

FP0803 24Vdc 12A Power Supply
FP0803 comprises an ME0343 (PSU2412F 2U
rack mounted) power supply for AS 1603.4 &
AS 4428 MX4428/F4000 mounted within the
FP0576 8U 19 rack battery box which has a similar
finish to the range of standard Vigilant 19 Rack
Cabinets. The cabinet provides IP51 protection and
the door is secured with 003 lock.
Specifications
Output
Input
Battery Capacity
Dimensions (HWD)
Cabinet
Ingress Protection
Part Number
24Vdc 12A
230Vac 50Hz
2x 40Ah (BA12400)
440x550x211mm
coat cream wrinkle
IP51
FP0803
FP0804 24Vdc 2.5A AS 1603.4 F4000 Power Supply

FP0804 comprises a power supply for AS 1603.4
F4000 mounted within the FP0576 8U battery box
which has a similar finish to the range of standard
Vigilant 19 rack cabinets. The cabinet provides
IP51 protection and the door is secured with a 003
lock.
Specifications
Output
Input
Battery Capacity
Dimensions (HWD)
Cabinet
Ingress Protection
Part Number
24Vdc 2.5A
230Vac 50Hz
2x 40Ah (BA12400)
440x550x211mm
coat cream wrinkle
IP51
FP0804
Specifications
Output
Input
Battery Capacity
Dimensions (HWD)
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
24Vdc 2A
230Vac 50Hz
2 x 12 Ah (BA12120)
230x360x130mm
afp-1341
VF/629
FP0852
FP0852 PSU1948 24Vdc 2A VESDA Power Supply

This Series 1948 Power Supply is designed
match the VESDA LaserPLUS and LaserSCANNER
detectors in size and colour. The FP0852 provides
a compact, self-contained 24 volts dc mains power
supply, with built-in facilities to monitor the charging
voltage and battery capacity. make them ideal for
charging voltage or battery capacity becomes low
they activate a warning indication and output. Sealed
lead-acid batteries may be purchased separately.
Page 68

FP0874 MX4428/F4000 24Vdc 2.5A Power Supply
The FP0874 Power Supply is used in MX4428
panels. It replaces all older models used in New
Zealand.
Specifications
Output
Input
FPANZ Listed
Part Numbers
FP0874
24Vdc 2.5A
230Vac 50Hz
afp-1341
VF/629
MX4428 24Vdc 2.5A
PA0854 PCB 1948 PSU 24V 2A

The PA0854 Series 1948 PSU, 24V, 2A, PCB &
Transformer is a mains power supply and constant
voltage battery charger designed to be mounted on
equipment gear plate. Green LED indicates mains
on, Yellow LED indicates fault condition, Red LED
brightness indicates load current or rate of charge;
flash indicates battery test. Over-current protection of
battery provided by 6A PTC. Automatic or externally
initiated battery capacity and battery connection test
(link to disable). Common PSU Fault output (link to
include Mains Fail after 90 minutes).
Specifications
Output
Input
Battery Capacity
Dimensions (HWD)
PCB
Transformer
Ambient Temp
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
Part Number
27.3 Vdc 2A
230 Vac 50Hz
2 x 12 Ah
130 x120 x 60 mm
65 x 70 x 80 mm
-5C to +45C
afp-1341
VF/629
PA0854
Page 69
VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detectors

The VESDA range of aspirating smoke detetors are high sensitivity devices that provide both an early warning to facilitate intervention, and a suppression (Fire 2) signal
to initiate release at an appropriate level, eliminating the need for a separate detection system. The system is modular, displays and programmers can be installed only
where needed.
VESDA LaserFOCUS
Designed to protect spaces of less than 250 m2, the
VESDA LaserFOCUS VLF-250 is the cost-effective
solution for areas such as:
Local Telecommunication Exchanges
Air Handling Units
Smaller Server Rooms
Correctional Facilities
Control Rooms
Switch Rooms
Railway Signal Hubs
Storage Facilities
Cabinets
Hazardous Areas (Class 1 Div 2)
The VESDA LaserFOCUS VLF-500 is designed to

protect areas less than 500m2. The LaserFOCUS
incorporates first-in-industry Ultrasonic Airflow
Sensing to provide flow measurement that is
immune to temperature and pressure changes.
Its out-of-the-box design makes installation and
commissioning quick and easy and the preengineered pipe network designs supplied with the
product make system design simple.
VIC-010 VESDANet card for VLF-500
VIC-020 Relay Card for VLF-500
VLF-250-02 LaserFOCUS Detector-relays only

VLF-500-02 LaserFOCUS Detector
VESDA LaserCOMPACT
VLC-600
The LaserCOMPACT detector has been specifically
designed to provide all the benefits of aspirating
smoke detection, including very early warning, in
single small areas and where space is at a premium.
This has been achieved through the combination
of approved LaserPLUS detection technology, dual
stage filtration technology and a modified aspirator
design incorporated in a smaller enclosure with
simplified display. LaserCOMPACT is available in
four versions of interface: relays only (RO), relays and
VESDAnetTM , Simplex TrueAlarm, Tyco MX.
VLC-800MX
Features
Reduced size
Absolute smoke detection
Wide sensitivity range
Single pipe inlet
Simple display
Referencing
VESDAnet communication (VN)
Dual stage dust filter
Three alarm levels
Configurable relays
Specifications
Operating Voltage
18 to 30Vdc
Operating Current
225mA
Alarm Current
245mA
Sensor Ambient
-10C to +39C
Sampled Air
-20C to +60C
Relative Humidity
10 to 95% (non-cond.)
Alarm Sensitivity
0.05 to 12%obs/m
Coverage Area
500 m2
Dimensions (HWD)
225x225x85mm
Weight
1.9 kg
Part Numbers
VLC-505
VESDAnet Version (VN)
VLC-500
Relays Only Version (RO)
VLC-600
Simplex TrueAlarm
VLC-800MX
Tyco MX
Air flow monitoring
Optional remote display and relay capability
AutoLearnTM
LaserPLUS Standard Modular Range - LaserPLUS Detectors

The detector assembly contains the laser detection
chamber, high efficiency aspirator, monitored
filter cartridge, control electronics, and relay
interface. The detector assembly can be used as a
distributed system, with the display, programmer
and VESDAnet socket modules mounted in a remote
location. Alternatively, the detector assembly can be
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current 1
Alarm Current 2
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight 3
18 to 30Vdc
240mA
290mA
0C to +39C
225x350x125mm
4 kg
1. No display or programmer 2. 24Vdc 3000RPM

3. With display & programmer
VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer and

display (VLP-001 LaserPLUS with programmer)
Page 70
configured as a self-contained system by replacing

the detectors blank panels with the display and/or
programming modules.
Features
Wide sensitivity range
Laser-based light source
4 Configurable alarm levels
Purpose built Aspirator
4 In-line Inlet pipes
Flow sensor for each inlet pipe
Wide range DC power
Low-cost maintenance
Dual stage filter
Easy access to filter cartridge
7 Software configurable relays
Recessed mounting
Multiple exhausts
VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display

VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector
VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED

LaserPLUS Scanners - 7 & 12 Relay Output Variants
VESDA LaserPLUS is also available in a Scanner
configuration, which allows the system to distinguish
and identify the pipe carrying smoke, while sampling
multiple sectors.
The VESDA LaserPLUS will continue to sample from
all sectors to monitor the fire growth and maintain
full protection.
Features
Individual pipe annunciation
Adaptive scan threshold
Wide sensitivity range (0.005 to 20% obs/m)
Laser based light source
VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmer and display

with 7 relays
VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmer and display
with 12 relays
Configurable alarm levels

Purpose built Aspirator
4 In-Line inlet pipes
Flow sensor for each pipe inlet
Low-cost maintenance
Dual stage filter
Easy access to filter cartridge
Recessed mounting
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current 1
Alarm Current 2
Relay Outputs
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight 3
18 to 30Vdc
240mA
300mA
7 or 12
0C to +39C
225x350x125mm
4 kg**
1. No display or programmer
2. 24Vdc 3000 RPM
3. With display & programmer
VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and display with 7 relays

VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and display with 12 relays
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner

VLS-600 FD7 Scanner with Fire OK LED
VLS-300 FD12 Scanner
VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OK LED
A display module monitors the VESDA LaserPLUS

detector. It reports a visual representation of smoke
levels, and all alarm and fault conditions. The internal
sounder warns personnel in the local area that an
alarm threshold has been reached, or a fault has
occurred. It has a 20 segment vertical bar graph, a 2digit numerical display, an audible sounder and clear
alarm and fault indicators. It also has 4 push buttons
to control the detector and the mode of the display.
Displays can be located at a convenient location
- either within the detector module, or remotely on
the VESDAnet. For monitoring convenience, multiple
displays can be associated with a single detector.
Features
Four alarm levels (Alert/Action, Fire 1 & Fire 2)
20 segment vertical bar graph
Alarm threshold indicator (Alert, Action & Fire 1)
Audio and visual indication
Alarm indicators
Informative fault indicators
Multi-mode numeric display (defaults to smoke
obscuration)
Acknowledged push-button presses
Multiple language supported
Addressable to any detector
Specifications
Operating Voltage 1
Module Only
Operating Current
Alarm Current
In Remote Mounting Box
Operating Current
Alarm Current
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Scanner Displays
VRT-400 Remote scan display including 7 relays
VRT-700 Remote scanner display - no relays
VRT-800 Remote scanner display with 12 relays
VRT-100 Remote programmer
VRT-300 Remote VESDAnet socket
Optional Remote Displays

18 to 30Vdc
60mA
80mA @ 24Vdc
90mA
110mA @ 24Vdc
0 to 39C
1. When used in detector unit, remote unit or 19 rack
LaserPLUS Displays
VRT-200 Remote display including 7 relays
VRT-600 Remote detector display- no relays
VRT-J00 Compact Display c/w 7 relays
VRT-K00 Compact Display no relays
Page 71

LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Sub-Rack Remote Display Assemblies
The 19 sub-rack is available as a mounting option, with Part Numbers
19 Sub-rack with 1 detector
4 mounting slots for display or programming modules. VSR-2000
display and 3 blanks
VSR-2210
19 Sub-rack, 2 detector displays,
Technical Specification
programmer and 1 blank
Dimensions: 128 x 482 x 120 mm (HWD)
VSR-2221
displays and programmer
VSR-2222
displays
LaserPLUS Components for Ordering Custom Built Remote Display Sub-racks

Sub-rack configurations other than those available as
standard can be supplied as custom built units. The
sub-rack and cost of assembly are included in the
VSR-CUSTOM.
The configuration of the custom built unit must be
specified at time of ordering (eg. 2 x VSU-0 and 2 x
VSU-2 configured as VSR-0022)
Note: The order of the numbers (eg. 0022) indicates
the order in which the sub-units will be mounted in
the sub-rack housing when looking from the front of
the unit - from left to right
Module Numbers
VSR-0
Blank Sub-unit
VSR-1
Programmer sub-unit
VSR-2
LaserPLUS display sub-unit +7 relays
VSR-3
VESDAnet Socket
VSR-4
SCANNER display sub-unit + 7 relays
VSR-5
Blank sub-unit with 7 relays
VSR-6
SCANNER with RTC + 7 relays
VSR-7
SCANNER display + RTC, no relays
VSR-8
SCANNER display + RTC+12 relays
VSR-9
DRP + RTC +12 relays
VSR-E
VSR-J
Blank SCANNER sub-unit + 7 relays

COMPACT display sub-unit + 7
relays
VSR-K
COMPACT display + RTC-no relays
VSR-V
LaserFOCUS Display RTC7
VSR-W
LaserFOCUS Display RTC0
VSR-CUSTOM Custom sub-rack housing incl. cost
of custom building 4 VSU sub-rack
units.
RTC = Remote Termination Card
DRP = Display Relay Processor
LaserPLUS Ancillaries
A variety of other ancillaries are available. Tyco Safety Products stock pipe and sampling points.
Part Numbers
VHH-100
Hand held programmer and leads
E700-SPLR
Sampling point label
E700-SPDCL Aspirating pipe label
VHX-0200
PC link HLI plus leads (MK2)
VSP-509
DB9M - DB9F Prog. RS232 2m
18265
DB15M - DB15F VESDANet RS485
VSW-004
VConfig Basic software
Available on request
VSW-005
VConfig Pro software
VSW-002
Aspire Windows software
VESDA 24Vdc, 2A Power supply and charger
VHX-0200 PC-Link High Level Interface
The latest version of the VESDA High Level Interface

supports the new Interrogation and Notification
functionality of VSM4. Available for both new and
existing sites, it is now possible for the HLI to dial out
to a PC. The dial out option is user configurable

allowing site specific configuration to ensure
the most important warnings on VESDAnet are
reported to the right people. The latest VESDA PC
Link HLI interfaces between the VESDA and the
PC. Each PC-Link HLI includes an RS-232 cable
(from HLI to PC) and an RS-485 cable (from HLI to
VESDAnet Socket). Using VConfig, VESDAs system
configuration tool specifically designed to simplify
set up of any VESDA system during commissioning
and installation. It is available in two versions PRO
and BASIC. By using the latest VConfig software
to configure a VESDA system, it is now possible
to dial into a remote VESDA network to check the
systems status AND to set up the VESDAnet to dial
out to a PC whenever an event, such as an alarm, is

raised. This feature ensures that a remote operator
has greater monitoring control over the protected
environment by allowing him/her to access a site to
check its status as well as set the specific conditions
on which the system should notify him/her of a
potential fire situation. VConfig PRO has the ability to
display smoke trend information from selected event
log data to help determine optimum threshold levels.
Both VConfig PRO and BASIC have been upgraded
to support VESDAs new System Relay Module.
The following common VESDA LaserPLUS spares

are kept in stock by Tyco Safety Products.
Other spares can be supplied as required.
Part Numbers
VSP-005
Filter cartridge (spare) (shown at
left)
VSP-002
Display (spare)
VSP-004
Scanner display (spare)
VSP-001
Programmer (spare)
VSP-019
Filter cover door (spare)
VSP-006
Spare detector chassis and
manifold
VSP-008
Spare remote termination card
7 relays
VSP-009
Spare scanner chassis and
manifold
VSP-014
Spare header termination card
7 relays
VSP-015
Spare aspirator fan
VSP-025
VSP-005 Filter Assy - pack of 20
LaserPLUS Spares
Page 72

VESDA Pipe and Fittings
E700-CSC Capilliary Sampling Connector
E700-EC End Cap - Not Drilled

E700-CT Capilliary Sampling Tube 8mm OD
E700-PJ Pipe Junction Fitting
E700-PC Pipe Clip - Single Point Fix
E700-TA Trunk Adaptor

E700-LB Long Radius Bend 150mm
E700-SP Sampling Point - Mini
E700-T Solid Tee
E700-SB Small Radius Bend 90mm

E700-TA Trunk Adaptor with CSC
E700-SPLR Sampling Point Label (1 per sheet)
E700-HASP Heat Activated Sampling Point
E700-HASP-KIT Heat Activated Sampling Point Kit
E700-SRB Standard Base for HASP with CSC

E700-SPDCL Sampling Point Decal (200 per roll)
E700-P VESDA Pipe 4 metre x 10 Lengths
(bell end)
Page 73
Flame and Special Hazard Detectors

S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector
The MINERVA S200 PLUS flame detectors are the

latest Infrared solar blind and multi-channel infra-red
flame detectors with low power consumption and
high false alarm immunity.
The MINERVA S200 PLUS range of advanced flame
detectors is the most comprehensive range available.
Features
Triple waveband infrared solar blind flame
detection for optimum false alarm immunity
Unrivalled black body rejection over a wide
range of source temperatures
Range adjustable to 50 metres for a 0.1m-2
petrol pan fire
Discrimination of optical faults (dirty windows)
from other faults by the built-in self test
Housing designed for easy installation of cabling
Flexible mounting and angular adjustment
3 x 20mm field cable entries
IP66/67 housing designed for external use
Rugged stainless steel ANC4 LM25 alloy
housing and mounting bracket
Operating temperature range of -40 to + 80C
Variable response times & sensitivity settings
Remote self test and range setting
True window test in detection area (ie not in the

edge of the window)
Terminals provided for Remote LED connection
BASEEFA (CENELEC) certified
Meets the requirements of EN54 Pt10
FM, DNV and LRS certified
Very low power consumption (0.35mA)
Models available with Conventional or
Analogue Addressable interface (requires 2 core
cable only)
Models also available with relay or 4-20mA
outputs
Patented dual filter solar blindness for complete
solar blindness
100field of view on IS versions
90 field of view on Flameproof versions
Unlike other flame detectors on the market

the MINERVA S200 PLUS is available in both
Intrinsically Safe (EEx ia) and Flameproof (EEx d)
models.
The intrinsically safe models are suffixed by the letter
i and meet the requirements of EN50020 part 7
and are BASEEFA certified EEx ia IIC T5. As part of
an intrinsically safe circuit, it is suitable for zones 0,1
and 2 where group IIC gases or lesser hazards can be
continuously present in explosive concentrations.
The flameproof models are suffixed by the letter f
and meet the requirements of EN50018 and are
BASEEFA certified EEx d IIC T6. The detectors are
suitable for zones 1 and 2 where group IIC gases
or lesser hazards can be intermittently present in
explosive concentrations.
For information on flame detector test equipment,
please refer to the detector test equipment section.
Specifications
Detector Material
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Gland Entry
Metal Parts
Tag Label
Range
Response Time
Sensitivity
Relative Humidity
Ingress Protection
Part Numbers
S231i+
S231f+
516.037.015
516.040.002
516.041.003
516.041.004
517.001.184
517.001.263
Approvals
ATEX
BASEEFA
IECEX
NSTC
LPCB
LRS
DNV
KFEIC
CSIRO
FPANZ
MCA
FM
Detector
Interface
S231i+
S231f+
S232f+
4-20mA
Addressable
Relay
Ex d
Approved - BASEEFA02ATEX0185
Approved models are suffixed 1.
Approved - BAS 05.0056
Approved
Approved
Approved
Approved
Approved
Listed - afp-1443
S231i+ - VF/338, S231f+ - VF/339,
S261f+ - VF/340,
S271f+ - VF/349, S271i+ - VF/350
Approved
Approved models are suffixed 2
CSIRO/FPANZ
IECEX
ATEX
Ex d
S241f+
S261f+
S262f+
S271i+
Contact
Tyco
Safety
Products
S271f+
Contact
Tyco
Safety
Products
Page 74
Ex ia
FM
S241i+
S231i+ Collective
S231f+ Coll. Flameproof
S232f+ Collective FM Approv.
S261f+ Relay O/P
S271f+ MX Flameproof
S271i+ MX I.S.
S/S Bracket assy
Weather Protection assy
Approvals
BASEEFA
Collective
Stainless Steel 316L

167 x 167 x 89mm
4.5Kg
3 x 20mm
Bright Stainless Steel 316
(external & internal) to
BS1449 Pt 2
Stainless Steel 316
0.1m2 petrol at 50m
0.4m2 petrol at 60m
Field Selectable 3,6 & 12s
3 range settings
95% (100% intermittent)
IP66 and IP67

FV300 FLAMEVision Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector
The FLAMEVision detector utilises infrared array based flame detection combined with integral CCTV to
automatically and reliably identify flame incidents and pinpoint the location on a video image. By using an
array as the sensing component, the FLAMEVision detectors are able to locate the angular position of the
fire within the field of view. The detectors use this information to provide location details on a composite
video output from an internal CCTV camera and include the coordinates of this location on its data output.
This information allows the operator to quickly verify the alarm and implement the necessary actions. It also
provides a valuable tool for nuisance alarm control and event audit processes. The FLAMEVision offers a
major improvement in flame detection capability and enhanced immunity to nuisance alarm sources over
triple IR detectors. It also includes features designed to reduce maintenance requirements
FLAMEVision supports masking of defined area with a simple
to set-up mask of an area in the field of view
Highlighting the fire location within the

CCTV picture view
What if flames might be normal on site?
Features
Fast, reliable flame detection using infrared
detection
Consistent, high sensitivity, flame detection
throughout a 90 field of view
256 infrared sensor array monitoring the field of
view to separately identify flame and non flame
sources
Software masking of identified unwanted radiation
sources in detector field of view
Over 50m detection range with 90 field of view
Optional built-in CCTV assists with rapid response,
visual ID of alarm location
Remote video monitoring with fire location and
detector information
Video output compatible with twisted pair video
cable
Pinpoint location of fire within field of view enables
more effective counter measures
Highly sensitive to flame; increases probability of
early detection of hydrocarbon fires
Able to see flames through smoke, high densities
of solvent vapours; increases probability of early
detection of hydrocarbon fires
Consistent detection of different types of
hydrocarbon fuels from alcohol to aviation fuel
Insensitive to artificial light sources, such as
halogen lights
Automatic Optical Integrity Monitoring (OIM)
Self-testing of critical electronic circuits reduces
frequency of regular maintenance visits
Automatic monitoring of detector functionality
Integral flame simulation for verification of
detection path
Range of integral interface options
Volt-free relay contacts for alarm and fault,
programmable as N/O or N/C
Analogue output current, in the range 4 to 20mA,
proportional to flame detection signal
RS485 serial data port suitable for network
connection using a MODBUS protocol
Robust stainless steel housing sealed to IP66 and
IP67 (when suitable cable gland/sealant used)
Part Numbers
Detectors
516.300.006
516.300.008
516.300.007
516.300.055
516.300.057
516.300.056
Option 1: Any fire in the masked area is ignored

Option 2: Only fires in the masked area will cause an alarm
FV311S cable gland entries no

camera
FV311SC cable gland entries
- PAL camera
FV311SC-N cable gland entries
- NTSC cam.
FV312S sealed back box
- no camera
FV312SC sealed back box
- PAL camera
FV312SC-N sealed back box
- NTSC camera
Ancillary equipment
517.300.001
MB300 Mounting Bracket
517.300.002
WH300 Weather Hood
517.300.021
WT300 Walk Test Tool
517.300.022
CTI300 Off-line Config. Tool
517.300.006
MK300 Field Spares Kit
Approvals
All variants of the FLAMEVision detector are
designed to comply with EN 50 014 and EN 50
018 for flameproof enclosures. They are certified:
ATEX code: II 2 G Cenelec code: EEx d IIC T4 (-40C
to +80C) and T5 (-40C to +65C) Under ATEX
certificate number Baseefa04ATEX0176X. This
certification shows the FLAMEVision detectors
are certified flameproof, meeting the requirements
of EN 50014 and EN 540018. They are classified
as suitable for zones 1 and 2 areas over an ambient
temperature range -40C to +80C for temperature
class T4 gasses, or up to +65C for temperature
classification T5 gasses.
Specifications
Dimensions (HWD)
Weight
Detector
Mounting bracket
Materials
Enclosure
Detector window
Camera window
Guard/label plate
Mounting bracket
155.5 x 152 x 92 mm
4 kg
1.54 kg
Stainless steel 316L,
ANC4BFCLC to
BS 3146: Part 2
Sapphire
Toughened glass
Stainless steel 316S16 to BS
1449: Part 2
Stainless steel 316S16 to BS
1449: Part 2
Stainless steel 316 A4
Fibreglass substrate
Exposed fasteners
Elect. modules
Electrical access
FV311 series
Standard M20 gland holes (2)
FV312 series
Multi twisted pair screened
cable
Interface outputs
MODBUS/4-20mA/Fire and
fault relay/Video Out
Environmental Characteristics
Ambient Temperature
No camera
-40C to + 80C
Incl. camera
+10C to + 55C
Maximum temp
120C (for 10 minutes max.)
Storage temperature -40C to + 80C
Relative humidity
Up to 99% (non condensing)
Ingress protection
Tested to IP66 and IP67
Operating atmospheric
pressure
910 mbar to
1055 mbar
Heat radiation (Sun) 0 to 1kWm2 typical
Camera Specification
Composite video (1V p-p) into 75 Ohm
Horizontal res.
Standard 450 TVL
Light Sens.
(-30 IRE) 0.3 Lux
Iris / Exp. control
Elect. 1/50 - 1/100,000 sec
Page 75

IR6003/7 Mist and Smoke Detector
The IR6003 Beam detector is an intelligient device
that has been designed to monitor a large area
containing plant or equipment . The IR6003 can be
supplied in different configurations to suit mist and
smoke type hazards. The waterproof housing has
an easy to fit bracket that allows simple installation
and commissioning. The fascia of each unit has been
equiped with an LED that flashes on fault condition
and indicates steady on alarm.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Alarm Current
IR Source
Operating Range
Weight
Ambient Temp
Dimensions (HWD)
Protection
Approval
Part Numbers
01-33-23
01-33-32
10 to 40V via UIM

70mA (max.)
Gallium Arsneide, 820nm
up to 50m
0.96 Kg
-10C to +55C
125x165x165 mm
IP65
EEx iB IIB T5
BAS02ATEX2313
Detector
Universal Module
Intrinsically Safe Detectors

Features
Collective and addressable I.S. systems
Suitable for worst case (EEx ia IIC T5)
Tyco High Performance Optical (HPO) smoke
detector
Compatible with S231i+ plus flame detector
Compatible range of I.S. callpoints
The System Designer must have completed an
appropriate recognized course in Intrinsic Safety
and be familiar with AS/ NZS 2381.1: 2005 and
associated standards, test organizations, and the
requirements of state and local authorities. Many
Tyco products are ATEX certified, and it needs to
be established beforehand that this certification is
acceptable to the relevant regulatory authorities.
Requirements can differ from region to region.
The probability of a flammable mixture being

present is defined by a Zone Number. Flammable
gases are classified in Groups and their minimum
spontaneous ignition temperature is categorised
by Class. Tyco Safety Products supplied equipment
marked EEx ia IIc T5 would be suitable for use in
worst case conditions, eg. Zone 0 (ia), Hydrogen
(IIc), T5 (100C). The Fire Alarm Equipment and
Safety Barriers should be placed as near as possible
to the containment wall of the Hazardous Area. This
minimises the cable lengths between the barrier and
the Hazardous Area and thus the capacity to store
energy.
In order that an Installation will comply with the

certification designated for each system it is essential
that the certified devices are connected with cables
of the specified limits. These limits have been
certified for specific classifications of hazard in order
that energy storage is limited.
The number of devices connected to the barrier
and located in the Hazardous Area must always be
limited to not more than the listed maximum.
When a mixture of devices is connected to any one
zone the numbers must be reduced in proportion to
the ratio of the load presented to the barrier.
1151EIS Ionisation Smoke Detector
Model 1151EIS ionisation smoke detectors use

state-of-the-art sensing chambers and SMD circuitry
for maximum reliability. These detectors are
designed to afford open area protection and are for
use in hazardous areas where potentially explosive
atmospheres are likely to arise (confirm classification
of equipment required with your responsible

authority). 1151EIS detectors are designed to be
used with compatible panels only and must be used
in conjunction with a compatible zener barrier or
galvanic isolator. Each detector has two integral
alarm LEDs to provide local visual indication of
detector status. Once the detector senses a fire, it
latches in alarm and remains in this condition until it
is reset by a momentary power interruption. Model
1151EIS smoke detectors include a tamper feature
that prevents removal from the base without the use
of a tool. In addition, these detectors can be tested by
activating an internal reed switch with a test magnet.
This test simulates smoke in the detector and
performs a full check of the operating circuitry.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
15 to 32Vdc
Stndby Current
30A at 24Vdc (max.)
Ambient Temp
-10C to 55C
Relative Humidity
10% to 93% (non-condensing)
Intrinsic Safety Rating EEx ia IIB T5
I.S. Certificate no.
Baseefa03ATEX0156X
Diemsions (Dia x H) 104 x 43 mm
Weight
110g (excluding base)
Compatible bases
B401, B401DG
FPZANZ Listed
SS/357
This detector is designed to afford open area

protection and is for use in hazardous areas where
potentially explosive atmospheres are likely to
arise (confirm classification of equipment required
with your responsible authority). Model 5451EIS
detectors are designed to be used with compatible
panels only. Each detector has two LEDs to provide
a local visual indication of detector status. Once the
detector senses a fire, it latches in alarm and remains
in this condition until it is reset by a momentary
power interruption. Model 5451EIS rate of rise
detectors include a tamper feature that prevents
removal from their mounting base (if enabled)
without the use of a tool. In addition, these detectors
can be easily tested by activating an internal reed
switch with a test magnet.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
15 to 32Vdc
Stndby Current
100A at 24Vdc (max.)
Ambient Temp
-10C to 55C
Relative Humidity
10% to 93% (non-condensing)
Intrinsic Safety Rating II1G EEx ia IIB T5
I.S. Certificate no.
Baseefa03ATEX0155X
Diemsions (Dia x H) 104 x 54 mm
Weight
80g (excluding base)
Compatible bases
B401, B401DG
FPANZ Listed
SS/205
Part Number
1151EIS
5451EIS Heat Detector
Model 5451EIS is an intrinsically safe rate of rise

detector with fixed temperature alarm. It uses stateof-the-art dual thermistor technology to provide
maximum sensitivity.
Page 76
Part Number
5451EIS

MR601TEx Intrinsically Safe High Performance Optical Smoke Detector
The MR601TEX has been developed to overcome
the slower response of the optical detectors to hot
burning fires, by increasing the sensitivity of the
optical detector when it is associated with a rapid
change in temperature. In this way it is intended to
become a detector which can cover some of the risks
currently covered by ion chamber detectors. Smoke
detectors will not detect burning alcohol or other
clean-burning liquids which do not generate smoke
particles.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Alarm Current
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
ATEX Certificate
ATEX Code
Cenelec Code
Part Number
11.5 to 13Vdc
110 A (max.)
30mA @ 16Vdc
-20C to +70C
95% (non-cond.)
BAS01ATEX11134X.
Ex II 1 G
EEx ia IIC T5
516.054.011
MDU601Ex Enhanced Point Type Carbon Monoxide Fire & Heat Detector
The MDU601EX detector combines the features
of both the MU601EX detector and the MD601EX
detector to provide a combined CO and Rate of
Rise Heat Detector where the sensitivity of the CO
detector is enhanced in response to a fast rate of
change of temperature.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Alarm Current
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
ATEX Certificate
ATEX Code
Cenelec Code
Part Number
16 to 28Vdc
70 A (max.)
30mA @ 15Vdc
-20C to +70C
90% (non-cond.)
BAS01ATEX1134X
Ex II 1 G
EEx ia IIC T5
516.016.001
MU601Ex Intrinsically Safe Point Type Carbon Monoxide Detector

The CO Fire detector is a unique general purpose
fire detector which provides very early warning
of slow smouldering fires. Ideal for sleeping risks,
the CO fire detector is also well suited to many
applications where heat detection is insufficient but
smoke detection causes false alarms. As CO travels
more freely than smoke, the positioning of CO fire
detectors is more flexible. This feature is particularly
useful in large complex structures such as atria and
warehouses, where positioning of smoke detectors
is difficult.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Alarm Current
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
ATEX Certificate
ATEX Code
Cenelec Code
Part Number
18 to 32Vdc
70 A (max.)
33 to 72mA
0C to +50C
90% (non-cond.)
BAS01ATEX1134X
Ex II 1 G
EEx ia IIC T5
516.058.002
MD601Ex/MD611Ex Intrinsically Safe Heat Detectors

Where environmental conditions rule out the use
of smoke detectors, MD601Ex/MD611Ex heat
detectors may provide an acceptable, though less
sensitive, alternative. For general use (particularly
where the ambient temperature may be low) a
Rate-of-Rise (ROR) heat sensor is preferred. These
detectors react to abnormally high rates of change of
temperature and provide the fastest response over a
wide range of ambient temperatures.
A fixed temperature limit is incorporated in these
detectors. In kitchens and boiler rooms etc, sudden,
large changes in temperature are considered
normal. Fixed temp. [static] detectors should be
used in this case.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Alarm Current
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
ATEX Certificate
ATEX Code
Cenelec Code
Part Numbers
516.052.051
516.052.041
18 to 32Vdc
100A (max.)
5 to 80mA
-20C to +70C
95% (non-cond.)
BAS01ATEX1134X
Ex II 1 G
EEx ia IIC T5
MD601EX Collective
ROR Heat Detector
MD611EX Collective
Fixed Temp Heat
Detector
Page 77

601FEx Infrared Flame Detector
The 601FEx point type flame detectors are part of
the 600 series of collective detectors. The 601FEx
is a full featured solar blind flame detector for indoor
use. It has a high degree of false alarm immunity.
The 601FEx and it is designed for connection to a
conventional zone of point type fire detectors that
may include any mix of detection technologies.
The 601FEx is an intrinsically safe version intended
for use in hazardous atmospheres and must be
connected via a suitable isolator or shunt diode
safety barrier in a certified Intrinsically Safe system.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Operating Current
Alarm Current
Operating Temp
Relative Humidity
Range
Field of View
ATEX Certificate
ATEX Code
Cenelec Code
Part Number
16 to 28Vdc
300 A (max.)
30mA @ 15Vdc
-20C to +70C
90% (non-cond.)1
0.1m2 n-heptane @ 20m
0.4m2 n-heptane @ 50m
100
BASEEFA03ATEX0422X
Ex II 1 G
EEx ia IIC T5
516.600.066
1. 90% RH continuous; 99% RH (non-cond.) intermittent

operation
MUBEX Detector Bases and Ancillaries

MUBEx Base
The base is classed as a simple apparatus, the
detectors are certified:
ATEX Ex II 1 G, certificate no. BAS10ATEX1134X
Part Numbers
517.050.610
5BEx Base for Ex

Detectors
T54B Probe Type Heat Detector

T54B is a simple device and therefore suitable
for use in intrinsically safe areas when used with
a suitable I.S. barrier. For reliable operation, it
is recommended that T54B detectors have set
points 20C or 20% (whichever is higher) above
the maximum temperature they will be exposed
to in normal operation. Preferred factory preset
temperatures range from 60 to 250C; with
normally open contacts. Other temperatures are
available by request.
Constructed from stainless steel, the T54B is an
extremely rugged heat detector that can be used
to detect fires in the harshest of environments. The
T54B can be used in environments with ambient
temperatures up to 280C and, being hermetically
sealed, is impervious to most contaminants. The
Part Numbers
T4E110NC
T4E60X
T4E90X
T4E100X
T4E145X
T54B Normally Closed - 110C

T54B Normally Open - 60C
Specifications
Operating Voltage:
Switching Current:
Contact Resistance:
Actuating Temp.:(preset)
Fixed Temp. Only:
Accuracy:
Ambient Temp.:
Relative Humidity:
Thread Size
Protection Category:
FPANZ Listed
32VAC to 32Vdc
5 to 200mA
<1 ohm
60 to 240C
Type E
+ or - 5%
-40 to +280C
100% RH
M20x1.5mm
IP67
afp-1612
VF/214
Specifications
Electrical Rating
(resistive only)
Actuating Temp.:(preset)
Fixed Temp. Only:
Accuracy:
Ambient Temp.:
Relative Humidity:
Thread Size
FPANZ Listed
5A @ 125 Vac
0.5A @ 125 Vdc
182C
Type E
+ or - 10%
-40 to +280C
100% RH
1/2-14 NPT
VF/206
Part Number
27120
27120 Probe Type Heat Detector

DETECT-A-FIRE thermal detectors are UL Listed,
and FM Approved detection and release devices
used with fire detection systems to activate alarms
and actuate extinguishing systems. This Rate
Compensated device combines the best features of
both fixed temperature and rate-of-rise detectors.
Contacts open on alarm.
ZAU401 Zone Adaptor Unit

The ZAU401 (Rev 2) can be thought of as a single zone circuit module that can be added to different panels to
make them compatible with specific detectors.
The AZC characteristics of the ZAU401 make it particularly suitable for Intrinsically Safe applications when
used with I.S. barriers. Refer to page 33 for further information.
Page 78
Part Number
PA0838
ZAU401 Zone Adaptor

Unit
Intrinsically Safe Barriers

The following section relates to a range of intrinsically safe barrier and isolator equipment for use with Tyco Safety Products manufactured fire detection systems. On all
issues of intrinsically safe systems design, please refer to all the relevant product manuals for guidance.
Galvanic Barriers
KFD0-Ex151
This devices channel (4 terminals per channel)
functions like a DC current isolator. It has reverse
polarity protection. The input and output are
galvanically isolated from each other. These units
are designed for the connection of fire detectors
(smoke and/or heat detectors etc). Their increased
current range and the higher accuracy allow for
differentiation between normal operation, fire alarm,
lead breakage and short circuit currents in the safe
area. They may also be used for controlling I/P
converters. A separate power supply with auxiliary
power is not required. Due to the input voltage
limiting of 24V, the maximum voltage output is
21V.
Part Number
KFD0-Ex151
FPANZ Listed
Single Channel Output EEx

ia IIC Device installation
permissible in zone 2 Polarity
reversal protected Accuracy
1%
VF/660
KFD0-Ex251
Each channel (4 terminals per channel) functions
like a DC current isolator. Both channels have
separate reverse polarity protection. The input and
output are galvanically isolated from each other.
These units are designed for the connection of fire
detectors (smoke and/or heat detectors etc). Their
increased current range and the higher accuracy
allow for differentiation between normal operation ,
fire alarm, lead breakage and short circuit currents in
the safe area. They may also be used for controlling
I/P converters. A separate power supply with
auxiliary power is not required. Due to the input
voltage limiting of 24V, the maximum voltage
output is 21V. This 2 channel version allows for
the connection of 2 independent circuits in a single
housing.
Part Number
KFD0-Ex251
FPANZ Listed
Dual Channel Output EEx ia IIC

Device installation permissible
in zone 2 Polarity reversal
protected Accuracy 1%
VF/660
KFD2-STC4-Ex1
SMART transmitter power supplies provide a 2- or
3-wire SMART transmitter and transfer the analogue
values. Digital signals may be superimposed
on the analogue values, which will transferred
bidirectionally.
An internal resistor at terminal 9 is available, which
may be used to increase the AC impedance for the
HART signal. SMART transmitter power supplies
are delivered with terminal type KF-STP-**. Jacks are
integrated in these terminals for the connection of
the hand-held units.
This device replaces the KFD0-EX130 single
channel barrier.
1-channel
Device installation permissible in Zone 2
Input EEx ia IIC; Uo = 25.4 V
Galvanically isolated output
24 Vdc supply voltage
SMART capable up to 7.5 kHz (-3 dB)
EMC acc. to NAMUR NE 21
Up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508
Input 0/4 mA to 20 mA
Output 0/4 mA to 20 mA
Part Number
KFD2-STC4-Ex1
Single Channel Output EEx

ia IIC 24Vdc supply voltage
Output maximum 1kOhm
load
Page 79
Intrinsically Safe - MX Analogue Addressable

801PHEx Smoke and Heat Detector
The 801PHEx Intrinsically Safe Optical Smoke &
Heat Detector plugs into a 5BEx base. The detector
is designed to transmit to a remote MX fire controller,
digital signals which represent the status of the
optical smoke and heat elements of the detector.
Software within the controller interprets the returned
optical and heat values to raise an alarm or other
appropriate response according to the type of
programmed configuration. The mode of detector
may be:
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Queiscent Current
Alarm Current
Operating Tempearture
Relative Humidity
FPANZ Listed
18 to 24Vdc
400A (max.)
3.5mA (max.)
-25C to +70C
VF/351
Part Number
801PHEx
Optical smoke only detector (sensitivity High, Normal or Low)

HPO smoke detector (sensitivity High, Normal or Low)
Heat only rate-of-rise (A1R) detector (no sensitivity selection)
Heat fixed temperature 60C (A2S) (no sensitivity selection)
Optical (sensitivity High, Normal or Low) combined with heat fixed temperature 60C (A2S)
HPO (sensitivity High, Normal or Low) combined with heat fixed temperature 60C (A2S)
These detectors are designed to comply with EN 50 014 and EN 50 020 for intrinsically safe
apparatus. They are certified:
ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
801CHEx Carbon Monoxide and Heat Detector

The 801CHEx Intrinsically Safe Carbon Monoxide plus Specifications
18 to 24Vdc
Heat Detector forms part of the 800Ex Intrinsically Safe Operating Voltage
400A (max.)
Series of MX Addressable Fire Detectors. The detector Queiscent Current
Alarm Current
3.5mA (max.)
plugs into a 5BEx base. The detector is designed to
Operating Tempearture 0C to +50C
transmit to a remote MX fire controller, digital signals
Relative Humidity
which represent the status of the carbon monoxide
FPANZ Listed
VF/352
and heat elements of the detector. Software within
the controller is used to interpret the returned Carbon
Part Number
801CHEx
Monoxide and heat values to raise an alarm or other
appropriate response according to the programmed configuration. The mode of detector may be:
Heat only detector (A1R or A2S) (sensitivity: High, Normal or Low)
Compensated Carbon Monoxide detector (sensitivity: High, Normal or Low)
Compensated Carbon Monoxide detector (sensitivity: High or Normal ) combined with heat (A1R)
These detectors are designed to comply with EN 50 014 and EN 50 020 for intrinsically safe apparatus.
They are certified:
ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
801HEx Heat Detector

The 801HEx Intrinsically Safe Heat Detector forms part Specifications
of the 800Ex Intrinsically Safe Series of MX Addressable Operating Voltage
Fire Detectors. The detector plugs into a 5BEx base.
Queiscent Current
The detector is designed to transmit to a remote MX fire Alarm Current
controller, digital signals which represent the status of Operating Tempearture
the heat element of the detector. Software within the
Relative Humidity
controller is used to interpret the returned heat values to FPANZ Listed
raise an alarm or other appropriate response according Part Number
to the programmed configuration.
The mode of detector may be:
18 to 24Vdc
400A (max.)
3.5mA (max.)
-25C to +70C
VF/216
801HEx
EN54-5 A1R, rate-of-rise normal ambient

EN54-5 A2S, fixed 60C
EN54-5 CR, rate-of-rise high ambient
These detectors are designed to comply with EN 50 014 and EN 50 020 for intrinsically safe apparatus. They
are certified:
ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
Page 80

CP840Ex Manual Call Point
The CP840Ex Intrinsically Safe Weatherproof Break
Glass Manual Call Point is designed to monitor and
signal the condition of the switch contact associated
with the call point.
The callpoint is designed to comply with EN 50 014
and EN 50 020 for intrinsically safe apparatus. It is
certified:
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Queiscent Current
Alarm Current
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Ingress Protection
18 to 24Vdc
300A (max.)
5mA (max.)
-25C to +70C
124 x 124 x 59 mm
IP67
Part Number
CP840Ex
The EXI800 Interface Module, used with a galvanic

isolator, provides a path for an MX Panel to
transparently communicate to slave devices (800Ex
Detectors, IF800Ex Interface Module or CP840Ex
Addressable Break Glass Callpoint) connected to
the Intrinsically Safe loop. The interface reduces
the standard MX loop supply voltage and signalling
currents to levels that are acceptable for hazardous
areas. The EXI800 can detect a short circuit on
the left-loop, the right-loop, or the IS loop and will
isolate the offending loop connections from the
other loop connections. The IS loop output of the
EXI800 interfaces with the Pepperl+Fuchs KFD0-CSEx1.54 Galvanic Isolator, supplying loop voltage and
signalling currents to the Intrinsically Safe loop.
Specifications
DC Input Voltage
DC Output Voltage
AC Input Signalling Voltage
AC O/P Signalling Voltage
AC Input Signalling Current
AC O/P Signalling Current
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Ingress Protection
FPANZ Listed
20 to 37.5Vdc
28.0Vdc
1 to 4Vpp
1 to 4Vpp
40mA (max.)
40mA (max.)
-25C to +70C
115 x 103 x 20 mm
IP20
VF/658
Part Number
EXI800
The Intrinsically Safe IF800Ex Interface Module

is designed to monitor fire contacts such as
extinguishing system controls, ventilation controls,
fire door controls etc. The IF800Ex is contained
within a grey compression moulded glass filled
polyester box with 3 x 20mm cable gland holes. The
electronic components are mounted on a double
sided printed circuit board built into a potted module
formed from a plastic moulding. Connectivity is via
two terminal blocks fitted to the PCB.
The interface module is designed to comply with
EN 50 014 and EN 50 020 for intrinsically safe
apparatus. It is certified:
ATEX Classification
Ex II 1 G
Cenelec Classification
EEx ia IIC T5
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Queiscent Current
Alarm Current
Type Identification Value
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Ingress Protection
FPANZ Listed
18 to 24Vdc
325A (max.)
3.5mA (max.)
147
-25C to +70C
120 x 122 x 95 mm
IP65
VF/659
Part Number
IF800Ex
ATEX Classification
ATEX Certificate
Cenelec Classification
Ex II 1 G
BAS01ATEX1394X
EEx ia IIC T5
The CP840Ex does not comply with NZS4512.
EXI800 Interface Module and Galvanic Barrier
IF800Ex Interface Module
Page 81
Beam Smoke and Linear Heat Detectors

BEAM1224
The BEAM1224 is a 4-wire conventional projected
beam smoke detector suited for protecting open
areas with high ceilings where other methods of
smoke detection are difficult to install and maintain.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
BEAM1224
BEAM1224S
It is to be used with UL Listed compatible control

panels only. Installation of the single-ended reflective
design is much easier than the dual-ended projected
beam detectors.
Current (24Vdc)
Standby
During Testing
Alarm
Fault
Alignment Mode
Indicator LED Colour
Alarm
Fault
Normal
Protection Range
FPANZ Listed
Alignment is quickly accomplished via an optical

sight and a 2-digit signal strength meter incorporated
into the product.
BEAM1224 / BEAM200 detector & reflector

Part Numbers
BEAM1224
4 wire conv. det & 200 mm refl.
BEAM1224S
4 wire conv. det & 200 mm refl.
c/w sensitivity test
BEAM200
Analogue addressable det.
BEAM200S
Analogue addressable det c/w
sensitivity test
BEAMLRK
Long range accessory kit
BEAMMMK
Multi-mount kit
BEAMSMK
Surface mount kit
RTS451
Remote test station used to initiate
the sensitivity test
RTS451KEY
Remote test station with key lock
BEAMHK
Heater kit for transmitter/receiver
BEAMHKR
Heater kit for reflector
Rated for operation from 30C to +55C,

BEAM1224 can be used in open area applications
to provide early warning in environments where
temperature extremes exceed the capability of other
types of smoke detection.
10.2 to 32 Vdc
15 to 32 Vdc
BEAM1224S should not be used with 12V power sources
17mA avg.
500mA max.
38.5mA max.
8.5mA max.
28mA max.
Red
Yellow
Green flashing
5m to 100 m
VF/347
BEAM1224 & 200 Common Specifications

Adjustment Angle
+/ 10 horiz. & vert.
(The optics move independent of the unit)
Sensitivity Level
Fault Condition
Relative Humidity
Dimensions (HWD)
Detector
Reflector (4.8m to 70m)
Reflector (>70m)
25% to 50%
96% obsc. blockage
30C to +55C
10% to 93% (n/cond)
254x191x84 mm
200x230 mm
400x460 mm
BEAM200
The BEAM200 is an intelligent projected beam smoke detector. It is uniquely suited for protecting open areas
with high ceilings where other methods of smoke detection are difficult to install and maintain. It is to be used
with UL Listed compatible control panels only. Installation of the single-ended reflective design is much easier
than dual ended projected beam detectors. Alignment is quickly accomplished via an optical sight and a 2-digit
signal strength meter incorporated into the detector. Rated for operation from 30C to 55C, The BEAM200
consists of a transmitter/receiver unit and a reflector. When smoke enters the area between the unit and the
reflector it causes a reduction in the signal and, when the smoke level reaches the predetermined threshold, an
alarm is activated. BEAM200 has four standard sensitivity selections along with two Acclimate settings. When
either of the two Acclimate settings are selected the detector will automatically adjust its sensitivity to select
the optimum sensitivity for the specific environment. BEAM200S is equipped with an integral sensitivity test
feature that consists of a test filter attached to a servo motor inside the detector optics. Using the remote test
station RTS451, the motor is activated and moves the filter in the pathway of the light beam, thereby testing
detector sensitivity.
Specifications
Operating Voltage
Current (24Vdc)
Standby
During Testing
Alarm
Fault
Alignment Mode
Indicator LED Colour
Alarrm
Fault
Normal
Protection Range
FPANZ Listed
15 to 32 Vdc
2mA avg.
500mA max.
8.5mA max.
4.5mA max.
20mA max.
Red
Yellow
Green flashing
5m to 100 m
VF/346
FW68/105/180
Fire Wire is a heat sensitive cable that provides

continuous detection over long distances. Available
in a range of actuation temperatures (from 68C
to 180C), Fire Wire is ideal for heat detection in
storage racks, conveyors, cable trays and other
situations where it is desirable that detection is
always close to potential sources of fire. Fire Wire is
a twin conductor cable protected by a rugged outer
sheath. The copper-covered steel conductors are
separated by temperature sensitive insulation and
twisted together. When Fire Wire cable is exposed
to sufficient heat, the heat sensitive insulation melts
Page 82
allowing the two conductors to touch, thus signalling

an alarm. When using Fire Wire it is important to
ensure that it is not affected by localised hot spots.
Before selecting an actuating temperature for a
particular area, determine the worst case maximum
ambient temperature for that area. As it is a simple
device, the FW series can be used in Zone 0 areas
when connected to a suitable intrinsically safe
barrier.
FW68/105/180 is available only in multiples of
100m lengths.
Note that FW68 is suitable for indoor use only.
Whilst FW105/180 may be used in external
applications, it must be protected from direct
sunlight.
Part Numbers
FW68
FW105
FW180
4300
Specifications
Operating Voltage (max) 32VAC or 115Vdc
Alarm Current (max) 1
300mA
Conductor Loop Resist. 100 Ohm/km
Operating Temp C Ambient
Alarm
FW68 2
-65 to +45
+61 to +70
FW105 3
-65 to +70
+97 to +113
FW180 3
-65 to +105 +168 to +180
Relative Humidity
Up to 100% (non-cond)
Detection Time (approx.)
FW68
4 seconds
FW105
10 seconds
FW180
20 seconds
Bend Radius
50mm minimum
CSIRO ActivFire Listed 4 afp-821 (FW68)
FPANZ Listed
68C Sensor Cable

105C Sensor Cable
180C Sensor Cable
Junction Box
VF/209
1. Must be externally limited

2. FW68 is suitable for internal use only
3. FW105 & 180 is suitable for use in external applications
when shielded from direct sunlight
4. With 4300 Junction Box every 100m

Optical Fibre Temperature Sensing
This new technology uses a laser light source

to launch light signals into an optical fibre. As
pulses travel down the fibre, energy is lost through
scattering. A fraction of the scattered signal is
retained within the fibre. A portion of this is directed
back along the fibre towards the laser source - this
signal is called backscatter. Part of the back scatter
signal (Raman Scattering) is used to provide accurate
remote temperature measurements at hundreds of
points along the fibre.
The system uses standard communications
grade optical fibre of the 62.5/125 graded
index multimode type. The temperature range is
predominantly a function of the coating used to
protect the optical fibre as the fibre itself is well
behaved over a temperature range from -50C to
approximately 300C.
Optical fibre itself offers several advantages as
a sensing medium. The signals are immune to
electromagnetic interference thereby ensuring
integrity of readings from electrically noisy areas.
As no electrical current is used in the sensing fibre
and the fibre is relatively inert and dielectric (nonconducting) medium, it is safe technology to use in
hazardous environments.
Features
Fibre optic sensor loop up to 2km or 4km
Continuous temperature profiles of temperature
on a PC
Programmable functions
Programmable number of fire detection zones
Multiple and programmable Alarm levels per fire
detection zone
Variable rate of rise function
Unrivalled response times
Optional outputs
Modbus Serial Data
Direct to PC
Volt free contacts
Insensitive to EMI
Intrinsically safe sensor
Uses standard communications grade optical
fibre
Choice of cable construction
Cable construction for extreme environments
High System Integrity
Automatic failure mode analysis
Loop break recovery operation
Diagnostic capability
Fire progression monitoring
No cable maintenance
Modem for remote communications
Specifications
Supply Voltage
Power Consumption
Supply Current
Fuse Rating
Fibre
Operating Temp
Storage Temp
Relative Humidity
Compliance
Class 3a Laser
24Vdc (-6/+12Vdc)
20W max
<1A
<2A (anti-surge)
62.5/125 graded index
multi-mode
0C to +40C
-40C to +65C
IEC 825 (1990)

BS7192(1989)
ANSI Z136.2(1988)
EMC
Directive 89/336/EEC
Low Voltage
Directive 72/2/EEC
System Components
Control Unit - available as:
Cabinet, including 32 relays and PSU in both
2km or 4km model
19in Rack Mounting including 32 relays, in
both 2km or 4km model
Sensor Line thermoplastic sensor cable in
1, 2 or 4.4km reel
Sensor Tube stainless steel sensor cable in
1, 2 or 4.4km reel
For further information,ordering codes and pricing,
contact Tyco Safety Products Product Manager
Important The Fibre Optic Linear Heat Detection products are the single highest value fire detection
products available from Tyco Safety Products. The Control Unit contains complex high precision components
including a single-mode laser which can be seriously damaged or misaligned if subjected to undue mechanical
shock or ingress of dust etc.
Functional Block Diagram

INTERNAL
REFERENCE
FIBRE
SWITCH
LASER &
RECEIVER
OPTICS
CONTROL
OPTICS
SIGNAL
POWER
SUPPLY
RELAY PCB1
DATA
ACQUISITION
RELAY PCB2
RELAY PCB3
CONTROL
POWER
SIGNAL
DATA
PROCESSOR
ELECTRONICS
24Vdc
RELAY CONNECTORS
RS232 PORT 1
TO PC
RS232 PORT 2 MODBUS

OR SERIAL DATA
Page 83

Standard communications grade optical fibre of the 62.5/125 graded index multimode type is used. The temperature range is predominantly a function of the coating
used to protect the optical fibre as the fibre itself is well behaved over a wide temperature range. Special coatings have been tested down to -190C and up to 460C
(metallic - available upon request) performance of the standard type is detailed overleaf. Optical fibre itself offers several advantages as a sensing medium. The signals
are immune to electromagnetic interference thereby ensuring integrity of readings from electrically noisy areas. As no electrical current is used in the sensing fibre and
the fibre is a relatively inert and dielectric (non-conducting) medium, it is safe technology to use in hazardous environments.
Sensor-Line
Outer sheath 3.6mm dia., Aramid fibres for strength, Optical fibre in gel filled tube
Specifications
Nominal Cable Dia.
Weight
Min. Bending Radius
Max. Tensile Load
Operating Temp.
Installation Temp.
Sensor-Tube
Stainless steel tube 3.2mm dia. / 6.4mm dia.
Specifications
Nominal Cable Dia.
Wall Thickness
Weight
Min. Bending Dia.
Max. Tensile Load
Operating Temp.1
Max. Length (2 fibre)
5mm
2.3kg/m
63mm
100N
-20 to +70C (continuous)
>10C
3.2 mm
6.4 mm
0.5 mm
0.9 mm
33 kg/km
121kg/km
150 mm
150 mm
1971N
7080N
-40 to +90C (continuous)
2 km
10 km
1. For 125m multimode fibre with acrylate coating, max.

temp. is 150C for 48 hrs. For polyimide coating, operating
temp. is -185C to +400C.
Cable Options
FEATURES
BENEFITS
HIGH SYSTEM INTEGRITY - LOOP

BREAK RECOVERY
The system can be set to operate in either single ended or loop mode without
any additional costly hardware. The system continuously monitors the
integrity of the loop and continues to operate in the event of a cable fault. The
system is designed with an automatic loop break recovery operation.
FIBRE OPTIC SENSOR LOOP UP TO

2km or 4km
Very long distance (large areas) can be monitored using a single length of
heat sensing cable. The hot spot identification on a 2 km length of fibre optic
sensing cable, is to within 1.25 metres.
PROGRAMMABLE RELAY CONTACTS
30 zonal relays ensure that the system can provide sufficient alarm
notifications typically directly to any Fire Alarm Control Panel. 2 relay
contacts are reserved for system and sensor fault.
MODBUS OUTPUT PORT
Permits connection of the system to any PLC (programmable logic controller)

or DCS (distributed control system) using industry standard communications,
thereby providing a very flexible system topology.
AUTOMATIC FAILURE MODE

ANALYSIS
Cable faults are detected to an accuracy of 1.25 m. The control system is

continuously monitoring and a full syntax of fault information is provided with
the system.
SAFE LASER SOURCE
In the event of a cable failure, where the laser light source may be exposed,
the laser light is determined a safe source in accordance with IEC825.
DIAGNOSTIC CAPABILITY
Enables interrogation of the system to determine system status.
MODEM INTERFACE
By using a remote PC with a dial up connection to the host PC on site, it is

possible for system to be accessed from a remote location to help assist with
on-line technical support.
Low thermal mass for rapid response to temperature
Low smoke halogen free jacket, with excellent flame

retardancy. Suitable for all indoor applications
Stainless steel clad fibre optic cable suitable for all harsh area
applications
Strong, lightweight and flexible
Designed for ease of installation
Summary of Cable Features

Page 84

FEATURES
BENEFITS
CONTINUOUS TEMPERATURE
PROFILES
By connecting a PC, it is possible to monitor the entire sensing cable length to

view the current status of the alarm system which assists in easily determining the
proximity to an alarm state.
VARIABLE RATE OF RISE AND FIXED

TEMPERATURE FUNCTION
Variable rate of rise and fixed temperature alarm levels, ensure a flexible heat
detector sensitivity which can be tailor made to give an early warning signal,
dependant on the fire risk.
PROGRAMMABLE NUMBER AND

LENGTH OF FIRE DETECTION ZONES
A single cable length can be divided into multiple fire detection zones thereby
giving increased system flexibility whilst keeping cable lengths to a minimum.
MULTIPLE & PROGRAMMABLE ALARM

LEVELS PER FIRE DETECTION ZONE
Pre-alarm warnings can be given, prior to a full alarm condition, thus helping to
ensure minimal plant downtime.
UNRIVALLED RESPONSE TIME
The sensing element is designed to respond very quickly to changes in ambient

temperature thus ensuring an early warning heat detection system.
DIRECT PC CONNECTION
This enables a user to view the temperature profile for the risk. It also provides an
interface to allow adjustment of the alarm trip levels - this is access level protected.
Fibre Optic Temperature Sensing provides several output options, which operate concurrently to give system design flexibility. Thirty programmable relays can be used
to map out alarm zones and signal into a fire panel, either directly or via addressable interface modules such as the MX CIM800. Protocol definition data is provided to
enable the Control Unit to be connected via a PLC to a centralised control and monitor information centre, eg. SCADA. The full 200-zone capability of the system can be
exploited using the MODBUS protocol. The Functional Block Diagram on page 83 shows typical system architecture.
Sensa Manager Software

The Sensa Manager software is used as an interface
to the Control Unit. By using this software, it is possible
to configure the unit to suit the particular fire risk.
The system is password protected and can be set up
to provide a continuous display of system status on
a dedicated PC. Useful tool for commissioning and
technical support.
Temperature Profile & Alarm Display

Illustration of the temperature profile display for the entire fibre length and also a numerical display
for the individual zonal temperatures.
Page 85
Detector Test Equipment
Part Numbers
517.001.230 SOLO100 Telescopic pole 1.26m
to 4.5m
517.001.226 SOLO101 Extension tube 1.13M
long for use with S100 Telescopic
extension pole
517.001.264 SOLO610 Protective Carry/
Storage Bag for Solo Detector Test
Kit
Part Number
X500
Tyco Test Smoke
120g can
Part Number
517.001.224
Part Number
517.001.262
CO Detector Test Gas,
120g can
SOLO704 Adaptor tube B - adapts

SOLO100/101 pole sets for
TYCO detector changers and
testers
Part Number
X60
Brandax KS Smoke Cartridge,
6 430g cartridges, dia
90x110mm, 400m3 smoke
vol, 300-360s burn time
Part Number
517.001.255
Part Number
X811
Part Number
517.050.004
Part Number
X61
Brandax VS Smoke Cartridge,
32x62mm, 55m3 smoke vol,
180-240s burn time
SOLO330 Aerosol dispenser

for use with all detector ranges.
Connects directly to S100/S101
poles
Part Numbers
X461
SOLO461 Cordless heat detector
tester kit including SOLO460
tester, SOLO720 battery batons
and SOLO724 charger. (Connects
directly to SOLO100/101 poles).
517.001.239
SOLO760 Spare battery baton for

use with SOLO 450/460 tester
517.001.243
SOLO724 Spare mains/car

battery charger for SOLO720
battery baton
X811
SOLO811 Smoke detector test

kit including SOLO330 aerosol
dispenser, SOLO200 detector
removal tool, SOLO100 pole and
SOLO610 equipment bag
517.001.257
SOLO460-006 Heat Detector

Tester Head Unit - non stock item
Smoke Detector test kit
Part Number
517.001.240
M69 Detector changer for
use with M600/M900 series.
Requires Adaptor B and SOLO
100 pole
Part Number
X62
Ventilax Smoke Cartridge,
18x62mm, 17m3 smoke
vol, 180-240s burn time
Part Number
X65
Splintax Smoke Matches, 20
1g matches, 0.7m3 smoke
vol, 25s burn time
Smoke emitters are classified as Dangerous Goods for transport purposes.

Page 86
SOLO200 Universal detector

changer for use with various
manufacturers detectors - not
suitable for M600/900 series
low profile. Connects directly to
SOLO100/101 poles
Part Number
X66
Miniax Smoke Cartridge,
14x32mm, 2.5m3 smoke
vol, 40s burn time

SOLO Test Equipment for Point & Flame Detectors
1.13m
X500
TYCO
TEST SMOKE
517.001.262
CO DETECTOR
TEST GAS
517.001.240
SOLO200 S200
DETECTOR CHANGER
592.001.012
T110 TEST SOURCE FOR
S110 FLAME DETECTOR
592.001.016
T210+ TEST SOURCE FOR
S200 FLAME DETECTOR
1.13m
1.13m
1.13m
9m TOTAL
POLE LENGTH
592.001.014
T210 ADAPTOR
FOR S200 FLAME
DETECTOR
517.001.255
SOLO330 AEROSOL
DISPENSER
517.001.224
SOLO704
ADAPTOR TUBE B
4.5m
517.001.226
SOLO101
EXTENSION POLE
1.13m
X461
HEAT DETECTOR
TESTER
517.001.239
SOLO720 SPARE
BATTERY BATON
517.001.230
SOLO100
TELESCOPIC
EXTENSION POLE SET
1.26m to 4.5m
517.001.264
SOLO610 PROTECTIVE STORAGE BAG
S200 Series Test Equipment & Accessories
Part Numbers
592.001.016 T210+ Test Source for use with SOLO 704 Adaptor Tube B and SOLO100/101 poles
592.001.014 T210+ Adaptor for S200 Detectors
Part Number
517.001.184
Note that both parts are required to test S200 Series Detectors
S/S bracket assy for with all

S100/200 Series detectors
S100 Series Test Equipment

Part Numbers
592.001.005 T110 Adaptor for S131/161
Part Number
592.001.012
T110 Test Source for use with

SOLO 704 Adaptor Tube B and
SOLO100/101 poles
Part Number
592.001.005
592.001.010
T110 PP9 Battery and Charger kit
592.001.012
T110 Test Source for use with

SOLO 704 adaptor tube B and
SOLO100/101 poles
T110 Adaptor for S131/161

Detectors
Page 87
Hazardous Area Classification
Liquids, Gases
& Vapours
Dust, Fibres &

Flyings
ZONE 0
Continuously Hazardous
Vapour space in a storage

tank
ZONE 1
Frequently Hazardous
Container filling area
ZONE 2
Only Hazardous under

abnormal conditions
Sealed container store

above 3 metres in a plant
ZONE 20
Continuously Hazardous
Inside the Grain Silo
ZONE 21
Frequently Hazardous
Bag Filling Loading &

Unloading
ZONE 22
Only Hazardous under

abnormal conditions
Other Areas
Comparative List of Australia/New Zealand and International Standards

Installation Standards *
Nature of Hazardous Area
Dust, Fibres or Flyings
Liquids, Gases and Vapours
Standard
Australia/New Zealand
Area Classification
AS/NZS 61241.10 - 2005
General Requirements
AS/NZS 2381.1 - 2005
Selection and Installation
AS/NZS 61241.14 - 2005
Area Classification
AS/NZS 60079.10 - 2004
AS/NZS 2381.1 - 2005
Ex d Flameproof
AS/NZS 2381.2 - 2006
Ex p Pressurisation & Ex pl Purging
AS 2380.4 - 1994
Ex e Increased Safety
AS 2381.6 - 1993
Ex i Intrinsic Safety
AS 2381.7 - 1989
Ex n Non-Sparking
AS 1076.8 - 1977
Ex s Special Protection
AS 1076.7 - 1977
Ex m Encapsulation
As per manufacturers instructions
Equipment Standards
Nature of Hazardous Area
Dust, Fibres or Flyings
Liquids, Gases and Vapours
Standard
Australia/New Zealand
IEC
AS/NZS 2381.1 - 2005 and

AS/NZS 61241.0 - 2005
IEC 61241.0
Protection by enclosures tD
(protection by an enclosure to avoid ignition)
AS/NZS 61241.1 - 2005
IEC 61241.1
Type of Protection pD
(protection by pressurisation to prevent entry of dust)
AS/NZS 61241.4 - 2002
IEC 61241.4
Protection by intrinsic safety iD

(protection by energy limitation)
AS/NZS 61241.11 - 2006
IEC 61241.11
Protection by encapsulation mD
(protection by enclosure in a compund)
AS/NZS 61241.18 - 2005
IEC 61241.18
AS/NZS 60079.0 - 2008 or

AS 2380.1 - 1989
600 79-0
Ex d Flameproof
AS/NZS 60079.1 - 2007
600 79 - 1
Cable Glands (Flameproof)
AS/NZS 60079.1 - 2007
Ex p Pressurisation or Purging
AS 2380.4 - 1994
600 79 - 2
Ex e Increased Safety
AS/NZS 60079.7 - 2002
600 79 - 7
Ex n Non-Sparking
AS/NZS 60079.15 - 2006
600 79 - 15
Ex i Intrinsic Safety
AS/NZS 60079.11 - 2000
600 79 - 11
Ex m Encapsulation
AS/NZS 60079.18 - 2005
600 79 - 18
Ex s Special Protection
AS/NZS 1826 - 2008
600 79.0 C1.25.6
Ex v Ventilation
AS 1482 - 1985
* Note 1: AS/NZS 2381.1 requires that the design, construction, maintenance, testing and inspection of installations covered by the standard shall be carried out only by competent persons
whose training has included instruction on the various types of protection and installation practices, relevant rules and regulations and on the general principles of area classifications. This is a
legal requirement because AS/NZS 2381 is called up in the wiring rules - AS/NZS 3000, which also apply in addition to the standards shown above.
Note 2: Refer to AS/NZS 2381.1 section 2.6, and www.anzex.com.au, for equipment and certification requirements.
Page 88
International Protection Ratings

TEST
PROTECTION
TEST
PROTECTION
No test applied
No specific protection
No test applied
Inherent degree of
protection
Protected against solid

objects larger than
50mm (e.g. accidental
contact with hand)
Protected against drops

of water falling vertically

objects larger than
12mm (e.g. finger of the
hand)
Protected against drops

of water falling at up to
15 from the vertical

objects larger than
2.5mm (e.g. tools, wires)
Protected against
spraying water at up to
60 from the vertical

objects larger than 1mm
(e.g. fine tools and wires)
Protected against
splashing water from all
directions
Protected against
dust. Prevent entry
in sufficient quantity
to interfere with
satisfactory operation
Protected against jets of

water from all directions
Completely protected
against dust
Protected against jets of

water of similar force to
heavy seas
Protected against the

effects of immersion
Protected against the

effects of submersion
X
0
No test applied
No specific protection
No test applied
Inherent degree of
protection
To Australian Standard AS1939 - 1990 Classification of Degrees of Protection provided by enclosures for electrical
equipment.
Refer to AS 60529 - 2004 Degree of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code) for test requirements for the IP classification
of enclosures.
Page 89
Symbols
Heat detector
(exposed or ceiling
mounted)
Optical beam type

smoke detector
(transmitter)
Heat detector in
concealed space
Optical beam type

smoke detector
(receiver)
Heat detector within

air duct
Heat alarm
Line detector
Smoke alarm
Smoke detector
(exposed or ceiling
mounted)
Electromagnetic
holder
Smoke detector in
concealed space
Remote visual
indicator
Flame detector
Smoke detector
within air duct
Gas fire detector

Smoke detector with
sampling device
End-of-line device
Aspirated smoke
detector system
Page 90
Symbols
Fire indicator panel
Loud speaker
Sub indicator panel
Device address
Remote control
equipment
Alarm zone
Circuit wiring
Repeater panel
Flow switch
Addressable device
Pressure switch
Storage battery
Manual call point

Fire alarm bell
Monitored valve
Visual warning device
Multi-Sensor detector
Alarm sounder
* Heat detector type (eg. TA, TB, etc for AS 1603.1 detectors ro A1, B etc for AS 7240.5 detectors)
Type of smoke detector eg. I = Ionisation, P = Photoelectric,
n Substitute loop and device number or zone number as applicable
Type of flame detector eg. IR = Infrared, UV = Ultraviolet
& Type of gas detector, eg. CO
Page 91
Goods Return Procedure

August 2008
Dear Valued Customer

CUSTOMER GOODS RETURN PROCEDURE
There is now a new return procedure in place with Tyco Safety Products. The purpose of the new return procedure, known as a RAN
(Return Authority Number) is to ensure prompt and consistent handling of product returns by TSP (Tyco Safety Products)
Product returns will not be accepted for credit unless a RAN has been issued by Customer Service / TSP Supervisor or if a Product
Manger has given approval. All returned goods must clearly show the RAN on the outside of box/es, packets etc., and be in its original
boxes or packets for re-sell.
A RAN will need to be obtained if goods are;
1) No longer required by you or your customer
2) The wrong goods were ordered from TSP
3) Faulty product is being returned
This RAN can be obtained by contacting Tyco Safety Products Customer Service on 09 826 1716 or
e-mail to tsp.sales.nz@tycoint.com.
PROCEDURE
When contacting Tyco Safety Products for a RAN please have the following information available:
Your contact details
Order number or Picking Slip the product was supplied on
Product details / codes
Quantity returning
Serial Number (if applicable with a Non Conforming Product NCP)
Fax number or email address
Once TSP approves the request for return, a RAN # will be issued for the return of product/s and this will be faxed or emailed to you.
On arrival back to Tyco the RAN will be set aside for Tyco Safety Products to inspect and credit.
IMPORTANT - Please note:
INDENT ITEMS CANNOT BE RETURNED. Only exception will be special approval by Product Managers. (please note possible
re-stock fee plus freight charges to return to supplier may apply if returned)
Unwanted goods must be in condition as new or equivalent.
If any printed circuit boards (PCBs) have had the anti static packet opened your credit will be declined (unless a faulty unit)
Tyco Safety Products will not accept responsibility for returns that have been sent back without the correct paperwork RAN.
If this is not followed expect delays in credits being processed.
Kind Regards
_______________________________
Krishna (Louie) Govindsamy
National Warehouse Manager
_________________________________
Gemma Law
Customer Service Supervisor
Warranty
Tyco Safety Products offers a product warranty of 24 months from the date of purchase, for Tyco Manufactured product. Other
product is warranted for the length of time offered by its manufacturer, usually 12 months. Warranty returns will only be accepted for
defective materials or faulty workmanship.
Warranty returns will be credited or repaired/replaced at Tyco Safety Products sole discretion. Indent or special order items are
extremely unlikely to be credited.
Tyco Safety products will not under any circumstances accept responsibility for consequential or liquidated damages arising as a result
of faulty products.
Note: certain products with shorter shelf life may be excluded from the 24 month warranty period. Refer to your Tyco Safety Products
representative for details.
Page 92
Evac
Zone
No
ORDER No:
DATE:
LOGO TYPE:
Evac
Zone
Name
Fire
.5
LOAD
Loudspeaker Output
(Watts)
RATING
Amplifiers
QTY
(Qty
0-3)
Wips
Bold columns are compulsory - Others optional. Refer to PBQ0094B for instructions
QE90 PANEL CONFIGURATION SHEET

CLIENT:
CONTACT:
PROJECT:
DATE REQ:
BGA
Inputs
Fip
Inputs
Remarks
SECP
(FP0539) PAGING CONSOLE
(SU0168) GOOSENECK MIC.
(SU0169) DESKTOP MIC.
(PA0688) MIC. PRE-AMP BD
Cabinets (Qty)
Evacuation tone
ISO 8201 (Aus default)
AS 2220 (NZ default)
Speech Messages
Evac as directed (Aus)
Evacuatefire exit (NZ)
Special attached
Speech in auto only
Message with Alert tone
Relay Outputs
Fault
Alarm
Any Alert/Evac/PA/PABX
Other attached
Inputs
BGA use FIP i/ps
BGA use 3-4 wire WIP ccts
BGA use 2 wire WIP ccts
FIP use WIP ccts
FIP use RZDU
FIP use PanelLink
Cascade
Disabled
Standard 2 up 1 down
Special attached
21U
40U
Iss 2.4
Networking
Attach zone - zone mapping,
control priority, inter-ECP WIPs
etc
(QTY)
(QTY)
(QTY)
(QTY)
(QTY)
18U
28U
QE90 Configuration Sheet
Page 93
Index
Stockcode
Product Description
01-33-23
01-33-32
1151EIS
18265
2251TMB
2351E
2351TEM
27120
40020
4300
4351E
508.022.035
508.022.036
508.022.037
508.023.001
508.023.002
508.023.003
508.023.004
508.023.006
508.023.011
508.023.012
508.023.013
508.023.014
508.023.015
508.023.016
508.023.023
508.023.036
509.022.001
509.022.003
509.022.004
509.022.005
509.022.010
509.022.013
509.022.015
509.022.016
509.022.024
516.016.001
516.037.015
516.040.002
516.041.003
516.041.004
516.050.610
516.052.041
516.052.051
516.054.011
516.058.002
516.300.006
516.300.007
516.300.008
516.300.055
516.300.056
516.300.057
516.600.066
516.600.304
516.800.517
516.800.910
516.800.911
516.800.913
516.800.922
516.800.924
517.001.184
517.001.224
517.001.226
517.001.230
517.001.239
517.001.240
517.001.243
517.001.255
517.001.257
517.001.262
517.001.264
517.035.010
517.035.011
517.050.004
517.050.017
517.050.603
517.050.612
517.300.001
517.300.002
517.300.006
517.300.021
517.300.022
5351E
5451EIS
557.200.600
557.200.601
557.200.602
557.200.603
557.200.604
IR6003/7 Mist and Smoke Detector

Universal Module for IR6003/7
130 Series Ex Ionisation Smoke Detector
VESDANet cable DB15M-DB15F RS-485
Series 200 Acclimate Photo & Heat Detector
300 Series Optical Smoke Detector
300 Series Multi-Criteria Optical Thermal
Fenwal Heat Det Probe Type 182degC N/C
External Wall Mount Strobe
Fire Wire Enclosure
Page 94
Page
76
76
76
72
31
9
9
78
61
82
9
T1008 8 Zone Marine NT
50
T1016 16 Zone Marine Conv. Fire Controller 50
T1016R Full Function Repeater up to 3/pnl 50
T1204DC 4 Zone pnl c/w 1.5A 24Vdc psu 50
T1204A1 4 Zone pnl c/w 1.5A 110Vac
50
T1204A2 4 Zone pnl c/w 1.5A 230Vac
50
T1216 16 Z c/w dat rec 5A110/230Vac 50
T1232 32 Z c/w dat rec 5A 110/230Vac 50
T1216RDC 16 Z repeater no psu
50
T1216RA1 16 Z repeater c/w 1.5A 110Vac 50
T1232RDC 32 Z repeater no psu
50
Battery box for T1204
50
A1466 Relay board
50
NT100 Series spare comis. kit incl/w all pnls 50
NT100 4 Way Expansion Board
50
NTX-02 NT100 16W Relay O/p Bd
50
NT100 16 Way Digital Output Driver Board 50
Marine Power Supply
50
NT Flush Mount Bezel
50
T1008/16 Spare Marine Display Module
50
T1000/NTM Marine CPU V1.6 Spare
50
T1000 Marine Repeater CPU V1.6R Spare 50
MDU601Ex Enhanced CO & Heat
77
S232f+ Collective I/F Ex d
74
S261f+ Relay I/F Ex d
74
S271f+ MX Flameproof
74
S271i+ MX I.S.
74
5BEx Base
78
MD611Ex Collective Heat EEx ia IIC T5
77
MD601Ex Collective Heat EEx ia IIC T5
77
MR601TEx Coll. High Perf Opt Smoke Det
77
MU601Ex Int Safe CO Detector
77
FV311S Triple IR Flame no camera
75
FV311SC-N Triple IR Flame NTSC camera 75
FV311SC Triple IR Flame PAL camera
75
FV312S Triple IR Flame, sealed, no camera 75
FV312SC-N Triple IR Flm, sld, NTSC camera 75
FV312SC Triple IR Flame, sealed, PAL camera75
601FEx Collective Flame Detector
78
Tyco 614CH CO & Heat Conv. Det
8
MX Addressable Photoelectric Smoke Detec. 21
802SB MX Addr Sounder Base
24
901SB MX Addr Low Power Sounder Base 24
812SB M X Addr Sounder base
25
801APK Ancillary Lead
20
801APK Ancillary Lead Spare Pins
20
S100/200 Flame Det Mnt Brkt Assy S/S
87
SOLO704 Adaptor Tube
86
SOLO101 Extension Tube
86
SOLO100 Telescopic Pole
86
SOLO720 Spare Battery
86
X200 SOLO200 Detector Changer
86
SOLO724 Spare Battery Charger
86
X330 SOLO330 Aerosol Dispenser
86
SOLO461 Heat Detector Tester Head Unit 86
CO Test Gas 120g can
86
SOLO610 Carry Bag
86
K2142 plastic back box
20
Aluminium Double Gang Back Box
20
M600/900 Detector Changer
86
5B 5 Detector Base
11,25
DeckHead Mounting
11,25
Base Accessory Terminal Kit pack of 10 11,25
MB300 Mounting Bracket
75
WH300 Weather Hood
75
MK300 Field Spares Kit
75
WT300 Walk Test Tool
75
CTI300 Off-line Config. Tool
75
Rate of Rise & fixed temp Heat Detector
9
I.S. Heat Detector
76
T2000 2-8 loop marine pnl (s/s)
51
T2000R repeater c/w 240Vac psu
51
T2000B Battery box (s/s)
51
T2000 BBO Battery box c/w 80w LED (s/s) 51
T2000R Marine repeater no psu
51
Stockcode
Product Description
Page
557.200.605
557.200.610
557.200.611
557.200.612
557.201.216
576.501.043
592.001.005
592.001.010
592.001.012
592.001.014
592.001.016
801APK
801CHEx
801HEx
801PHEx
802SB
812SB
814CH
814HCTD
814I
814IB
814P
814PH
814RB
814SB
901SB
A2245
A2255
A2339
ADC130
ADM130
ADM131
ADM133
ADS130
BA12012
BA12070
BA12120
BA12170
BA12240
BA12400
BA12650
BEAM1224
BEAM1224S
BEAM200
BEAM200S
BEAMHK
BEAMHKR
BEAMLRK
BEAMMMK
BEAMSMK
C131A
C2049
CA0052
CA1021
CA1022
CA1025
CA1521
CA1522
CA1525
CA2521
CA2522
CA2525
CA1510
CA2510
CIM800
CTI300
CP840Ex
D51F
D51K100
D51L
D51MX
DH200PL
DHM-5B
DIM800
DLE201215A
DLE201215R
E521
E700-CSC
E700-CT
E700-EC
E700-HASP
E700-LB
E700-P
E700-PC
E700-PJ
E700-SB
E700-SP
E700-SPDCL
E700-SPLR
T2000 BM Battery Box (Mild Steel)

51
T2000 2-8 loop marine pnl
51
T2000R Std Marine Repeater c/w 240Vac 51
T2000R Std Marine Repeater no psu
51
T2000 XLM 8 loop mounting kit
51
Horn, up to 115dB(A) in red GRP, ATEX
64
T110 Adaptor For S131/161
87
T110 PP9 Battery and Charger Kit
87
T110 Test Source for SOLO704 &100/101 87
T210+ Adaptor for S200+ Detectors
87
T210+ incl S200+ Test Source only
87
MX Service Tool Kit
20
MX CO + Heat Detector I.S.
80
MX Heat Detector I.S.
80
MX Smoke + Heat Detector I.S.
80
Low Power Sounder Base
24
Loop Poweered UL Sounder Base
25
MX Addressable CO & Heat Multi-Sensor Det. 21
MX Addressable Heat Detector
21
MX Addressable Ionisation Smoke Detector 22
MX Addressable Isolator Base
24
MX Addressable Photoelectric Smoke Detec. 21
MX Addr. Photo & Heat MultiSensor Detector 21
MX Addressable Relay Base
24
MX Addressable Sounder Base
24
Universal Sounder Base
24
Audio Line Attenuator 100V 10W
63
63
63
130 series Control Module
32
130 series Monitor Module
32
130 series Mini Monitor Module
32
130 series Micro Monitor Module
32
130 series Short Circuit Isolator
32
Battery 12V 1.2Ah
66
Battery 12V 7Ah
66
Battery 12V 12Ah
66
Battery 12V 17Ah
66
Battery 12V 24Ah
66
Battery 12V 40Ah
66
Battery 12V 65Ah
66
Beam Smoke Detector & 200 mm Refl.
82
Beam Smoke Detector incl. sens. test
82
Analogue addressable det.
82
Analogue addressable det c/w sensitivity test 82
Heater kit for transmitter/receiver
82
Heater kit for reflector
82
Long range accessory kit
82
Multi-mount kit
82
Surface mount kit
82
130 series Ionisation smoke detector
30
EA0013 100mm Horn Speaker
62
0.5/0.2 mm 2+2 Core Shielded Grey 250m 40
1.0 mm 2 Core TPS Cable Red 100m
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
1.5/1.0 mm 2+2 Core TPS Cable Red 250m 40
2.5/1.0 mm 2+2 Core TPS Cable Red 250m 40
MX Addressable Contact Input Module
18
FV300 Off-Line Config Tool
75
MX Addressable Manual Call Point
81
D51 Filter
22,31
D51 Sampling Tube End Cap
22,31
D51 Baffle
22,31
MX Duct Housing
22
Innovair Duct Sampling Unit
11
Deckhead Mount
25
MX Addressable Detector Input Module
18
Strobe Amber - IP65
61
Strobe Red - IP65
61
Rem. Ind. 75mm dia F A in Concealed Space 33
Capillary Sampling Connector
73
Capillary Sampling Tube 8mm OD
73
End Cap - not drilled
73
Heat Activated Sampling Point
73
Long Radius Bend 150mm
73
VESDA Bell End Pipe 4m x 5 lengths
73
Pipe Clip - Single Point Fix
73
Pipe Junction Fitting
73
Small Radius Bend 90mm
73
Sampling Point - Mini
73
Sampling Point Decal 200 per roll
72,73
VESDA LBL Sampling Point Label
72,73
Stockcode
Product Description
Page
E700-SRB
E700-T
E700-TA
EA0005
EA0013
EA0016
EA0017
EA0104
EA0301
EA0302
EA0305
EA0306
EA0313
EA0412
EA0700
ESS7010ISR
ESS7010R
ESS7111XR
EXI800
F36-09-11
FA0129
FA1185
FA1199
FA1210
FA1267
FA1366
FA1371
FA1372
FA1379
FA1380
FA1846
FA1917
FA1983
FA1984
FA2040
FA2074
FA2150
FA2300
FA2301
FA2302
FA2303
FA2304
FA2306
FA2307
FA2308
FA2310
FA2416
FA2417
FA2476
FB0111
FP0108
FP0330
FP0331
FP0323
FP0324
FP0386
FP0388
FP0416A
FP0469
FP0475
FP0487
FP0507
FP0517
FP0518
FP0521
FP0529
FP0528
FP0539
FP0547
FP0548
FP0552
FP0556
FP0557
FP0558
FP0559
FP0570
FP0572
FP0575
FP0576
FP0584
FP0586
FP0645
FP0665
FP0667
FP0668
FP0674
FP0675
FP0695
FP0696
Standard Base for HASP

73
Solid Tee
73
Trunk Adaptor
73
One Shot 5W Speaker & grille incl. cap.
63
ABS Horn Speaker 10W, 100V
62
ABS 20W horn speaker + cap. 285mm
62
Alum 30W horn speaker 270mm
62
Screw Covers Pkt of 80
63
Strobe Amber Ax35
61
Strobe Red Ax35
61
Strobe Amber TK86HP24
61
Strobe Red TK86HP24
61
Dual Strobe Unit
61
WIP Phone Surface Mount Enclosure
54
5W Speaker + Grille 220mm incl. cap.
63
EExia LED Warning Light
61
Xenon Strobe
61
IP Rated Flashing Beacon
61
Interface Module and Galvanic Barrier
81
Replacement Filter for DH200
11
Detector Wire Guard 95mm Dia x 65mm
33
Gear Plate F4000 1901-47
38
Gear Pate F4000 Large 1901-101
38
FP1600 F/S Disp Mtg Brkt
6,37
Gear Plate F3200 1931-69
38
Gear Plate Large Sideless 1901-181
38
Omega 64 R/S Index 32 Zone
6
Omega 64 F/S Index 32 Zone
6
Omega 64 R/S Index 16 Zone
6
Omega 64 F/S Index 16 Zone
6
Gear Plate QE90 18U 699-053
38
Blank 15U Gearplate
38
Gear Plate F4k 18U s/s
38
Gear Plate F4k 18U 1901-190
38
Gear Plate F4000 Basic 1901-193
38
Label FP1600 Door Key Sw
37
MX4428 Keyboard Membrane overlay
16
AVI Faceplate Fire Alarm Evac Area
65
AVI Faceplt Fire Alarm Do Not Enter
65
AVI Face Do Not Enter CO2 Dischgd
65
AVI Face D N E FM200 Discharged
65
AVI Face D N E Inergen Discharged
65
AVI Face CO2 System Inoperative
65
AVI Face FM200 System Inoperative
65
AVI Face Inergen System Inoperative
65
AVI Face Warning Fire Door Closing
65
MX1 Index Rear Service 1982-15
15
MX1 Index Front Service 1982-23
15
AVI Face Extinguishing System Inoperative 65
Detector Bracket 90deg Angle
12
MCP 1757-2
14
1841 MCP Wormald, Red, Flush Mnt
14
1841 MCP Wormald, Red, Surface Mnt
14
1841 MCP no brand, Red, Flush Mnt
14
1841 MCP no brand, Red, Surface Mnt
14
1841 MCP no brand, White, Surface Mnt
14
1841 MCP no brand, Yellow, Surface Mnt
14
RH Sounder
64
Sounder RH4 24V -not comply to NZS4512 64
F4000 Display Extender Kit 1901-26 16,37,39
Loop Booster Unit
16,28
EOL002B Pulsing EOL
16
StopperII Flush Mount
14
StopperII Surface Mount
14
DBA PSU 240Vac 12Vdc 1A
67
Empty ADR/MPR box
20,26,38
1841 MCP no brand, White, Surface Mnt
14
Paging Console
53
FP1600 Fire Panel, Rear Service
6
FP1600 Fire Panel, Front Service
6
FP1600 Blank Cabinet
6,38
F3200 Empty Cab 15U Window door
38
F3200 Empty Cab 15U blank door
38
RDU, Full Cabinet
45
RDU, Slimline, Wall Mount
45
Local Gas Control Station - Auto
44
Local Gas Control Station - Manual
44
F4000 MPR 1901-141
16,26
PSU/Battery Box 440x550x211mm
38,67
F3200 Empty Cab 8U Window
38
Protocol Translation Module 1942-1
36
SPIINEX Pump Controller
37
Series 1948 PSU 12Vdc 0.5A
37
MCP 1841 Series 130 Flush
31
MCP 1841 Series 130 Surface
31
Alpha 4 4 Circuit Fire Panel
5
MODBUS Bridge RS-232
35
NLDU Board Set
36
NLDU Packaged
36
Index
Stockcode
Product Description
Page
FP0698
FP0699
FP0705
FP0706
FP0707
FP0711
FP0717
FP0718
FP0720
FP0721
FP0722
FP0723
FP0724
FP0731
FP0754
FP0755
FP0759
FP0760
FP0765
FP0766
FP0770
FP0771
FP0772
FP0778
FP0790
FP0791
FP0792
FP0794
FP0800
FP0801
FP0803
FP0804
FP0824
FP0827
FP0838
FP0839
FP0852
FP0853
FP0854
FP0864
FP0865
FP0866
FP0867
FP0874
FP0875
FP0880
FP0881
FP0893
FP0896
FP0897
FP0898
FP0899
FP0900
FP0902
FP0903
FP0904
FP0907
FP0908
FP0910
FP0911
FP0913
FP0935
FP0937
FP0938
FP0942
FP0944
FP0951
FP0959
FP0962
FP09983
FP0999
FP1002
FV311S
FV311SC
FV311SC-N
FV312S
FV312SC
FV312SC-N
FW105
FW180
FW68
FZ1190
FZ1191
FZ1192
FZ1193
FZ3031
FZ9002
FZ9003
FZ9004
T-Gen50 3U Rack Mnt Assy

59
PMB c/w PSU
36
MODBUS Bridge RS-232 Set
35
MODBUS Bridge RS-485
35
MODBUS Bridge RS-485 Set
35
TPI c/w PSU in cabinet
34
Vigil Heat Detector Blue 57degC
12
Vigil Heat Detector Yellow 77degC
12
Vigil Heat Detector White 107degC
12
Vigil Heat Detector Dipped Blue 57degC
12
Vigil Heat Detector Dipped Yellow 77degC 12
Vigil Heat Detector Encaps Blue 57degC
12
Vigil Heat Detector Encaps Yellow 77degC 12
RDU to NDU upgrade kit
45
PSU2406F 24V 6A in FP0813 box
67
F4000 ADR-M 4mA 1901-116
26
Sigma 5 FIP R/S
5
Sigma 5 FIP F/S
5
PSU1948 12V 2A
67
PSU1948 24V 2A
67
NDU to Ring Net Upgrade Kit
35
I-Hub Networking Kit
16,35
RDU, Slimline flush mount
45
V-Modem
34
NDU 15U MAF, PSU
45
NDU, AS4428 Slimline surf. mnt
45
NDU, AS4428 Slimline flush mnt
45
NDU 4U 19 Rack
45
Compact FBA Type X
37
Compact FBA Type Y
37
24V 12A PSU
68
24V 0.5A PSU
68
MXP Responder in box
16,26
Standard Network Kit
16
MCP MX Red Flush Wormald
22
MCP MX Red Surface Wormald
22
24V 2A VESDA PSU
68
AVI MkII 2 Line Red
65
AVI MkII 3 Line Yellow
65
Mini-Speaker
63
Compact FF Surface Mount
45
Compact FF Flush Mount
45
TPI c/w GSM phone, no PSU
34
PSU MX4428 2.5A
16,69
Isolation Amplifier
64
Nurse Station Annunciator Flush Mnt
45
Nurse Station Annunciator Surface Mnt
45
MX1 Single Loop FIP
15
FP1600 Empty Cabinet R/S
6
FP1600 Empty Cabinet F/S
6
MX Loop Tester
23
Indi-Vigil Mk2 Heat Detector Blue 57degC
12
Indi-Vigil Mk2 Heat Detector Yellow 77degC 12
PC Paging Console
53
1841 MCP Indicating, Wormald, Red, Flush 14
1841 MCP Indicating, Wormald, Red, Surface14
1841 MCP Indicating, no brand, Red, Flush 14
1841 MCP Indicating, no brand, Red, Surface 14
Indi-Vigil Mk2 Heat Det Encap Blue 57degC 12
Indi-Vigil Mk2 Heat Detector Yellow 77degC 12
MX1 Replacement LCD Module Kit
15
4100U-S1 ASE Door Kit
38
4100U-S1 PPU/AIU Door kit
38
WIP Phone
54
TPI c/w CDMA phone,PSU,Cab
34
MX1 Empty Cabinet
38
ASE-Mk2 no radio modem
47
AZM800
18
AZM800 Remote Hush Unit
18
D51T3 3m Sampling Tube
22,31
D51Z131 Duct Detector
31
MX1 16 zone LED Display Extender 15,37,39
FV300 Triple IR Flame no camera
75
FV300 Triple IR Flame PAL camera
75
FV300 Triple IR Flame NTSC camera
75
FV300 Triple IR Flame, sealed, no camera
75
FV300 Triple IR Flame, sealed, PAL camera 75
FV300 Triple IR Flm, sld, NTSC camera
75
105C Sensor Cable
82
180C Sensor Cable
82
68C Sensor Cable
82
MX4428 15U 48Z SGD I/F
16
MX4428 15U 48Z Blank Door
16
MX4428 18U 112Z SGD I/F
16
MX4428 15U 112Z Blank Door
16
16 Zone LED Display PCB (LHS)
39
7U Blank Inner Door
38
6U Blank Panel
38
4U Blank Panel
38
Stockcode
Product Description
Page
Stockcode
Product Description
FZ9005
FZ9006
FZ9007
FZ9010
FZ9011
FZ9012
FZ9015
FZ9016
FZ9028
GASKETHD
HP-20EEXIIN(T)
HS-15EEXIINT
HW0040
HW0213
IC0320
IF800Ex
KFD0-Ex151
KFD0-Ex251
KFD2-STC4-Ex1
KT0113
KT0131
KT0142
KT0144
KT0177
KT0199
KT0212
KT0215
KT0216
KT0292
KT0293
KT0419
KT0438
KT0439
KT0478
KT0507
LB0124
LB0537
LB0589
LB0600
LIM800
LM0041
LM0042
LM0043
LM0044
LM0045
LM0046
LM0047
LM0049
LM0048
LM0052
LM0053
LM0056
LM0060
LM0061
LM0065
LM0072
LM0073
LM0074
LM0076
LM0077
LM0078
LM0083
LM0084
LM0091
LM0092
LM0093
LM0098
LM0101
LM0103
LM0104
LM0107
LM0131
LM0138
LM0143
LM0151
LM0152
LM0160
LM0161
LM0164
LM0165
LM0166
LM0168
LM0172
LM0185
LM0193
LM0291
LM0319
LM0324
LM0335
3U Blank Panel
38
2U Blank Panel
38
1U Blank Panel
38
1U AUI Bracket
38
7U Door 5 AS1668 Fan Controls
43
7U Door 15 AS1668 Fan Controls
43
5U Blank Panel
38
6U Blank Panel
38
3U AIU/PPU Bracket & Loom
38
VIGIL Mounting Gasket
12
20W Ex Horn Speaker
62
15W Ex Horn Speaker
62
Lock A/CR16/01/3B/N04 003 Keyed 16,33
Key, Bulgin Trial Evacuate
33
IC 28C64 8k EEPROM 200 ns DIL
16
MX I/F 514.001.062
81
Galvanic Current Repeater 1 Channel
79
Galvanic Current Repeater 2 Channel
79
Galvanic Current Repeater 1 Ch SMART
79
Kit, AS1668 Control Module Type 3
43
FP1600 Comms Extender Kit
6
FP1600 Mk2,3 Upgrade Kit
6
PMB/TPI RS-485 Support Module Kit
35,36
NDU Upgrade Kit
45
3U ASE Bracket
38
V-Modem 2 up 3U Rack mnt
38
FP1600 Slave Extender Kit
6
FP1600 Master PCB Set
6
AVI Expansion Kit Red LED PCB+hardware 65
AVI Expansion Kit Red Double Sided
65
3U Self-Adhesive A4 Document Holder
38
FP1600 KT0142 and SP0425 Kit
6
FP1600 KT0142 and SP0425 Kit
6
AS1668 5W Fan Control Module Kit
43
MX1 Single Zone Gas Accessories
44
Label, Dial 111 PVC
14
Label OMEGA 64 Zone Numbering
6
Label, OMEGA 64 Diagnostics/Operation
6
MX1 Blank Zone Label
15
MX Line Isolator Module
18
Programming Cable DB9 to c.i.e.
40,42
Programming Cable DB25 to c.i.e.
40,42
Loom QE90 Extender 20-way FRC
42
Loom 26-way FRC Style B 2m
27,28,42,46
Loom 26-way FRC Style B 5m
27,28,42,46
Loom 26-way FRC Style B 0.5m 27,28,42,46
QE90 TRAN8872 26W FRC Style D
40,42
Loom 26 way FRC Style B
40,42
Loom FRC 20-way Style B 0.25m
42
FP1600 Remote Mimic Loom
6
Loom 20-way FRC Style A
40,42
Loom 26-way FRC Style B 1.4m
27,28,42
42
Loom 1830 Modem to 16-w FRC & DB25M 42
RS485 DB9 to 10W FRC
35,40,42
Loom 20-way FRC Style C 0.35m
42
Loom 20-way FRC 1.45m
6,42
OMEGA 64 Loom Master
6
ECM Programming DB9F to DB9F 35,40,42,45
Loom RZDU RS-232 ECP Hi Level 1m
42
Loom RZDU RS-232 ECM Hi Level 3m
42
Loom
42
35,42
Loom FRC 10-way Style C 0.5m
35,42
Loom F3200 Mk2 Controller to 1st Disp 40,42
42
42
Loom QE90 26-way FRC 0.45m
42
Loom F3200 MCP & Micro Sw
42
Loom F4000 MCP & Micro Sw
42
42
Loom Serial Printer Cable DB9M-DB9F+M
42
Loom DB9M - DB9F pin to pin 1.8m
42
42
10-way FRC to Molex Crossover Cable
35,42
10-way FRC to 10-w FRC Crossover Cable 35,42
10-way FRC to 10-way FRC 1m
35
Loom 10-w FRC Style A 0.1m
42
Loom RJ45 to DB25M 2.5m
34,42
Loom DB25F to DB9F 2m
34,42
Loom RJ45 to DB9F 2.5m
34,42
Loom DB9M to 4-way Molex
34,42
Loom FRC 10-W Style A 0.25m
42
Loom MX4428 Molex to CMOS/RS-232 40,42
Loom 14-w FRC Style A 0.45m
42
26-W FRC style B 230mm MX1 Display
15
Loom MX1 Main board to T-GEN
15
10W FRC style B 1m MX1 kybd to main bd 15
26W FRC MX1 LCD/kybd to first display
15
LM0356
LPS800
LZR1M
M020900
M520
MB300
MD601Ex
MD611Ex
MDU601Ex
ME0060
ME0088
ME0213
ME0250
ME0251
ME0252
ME0253
ME0254
ME0255
ME0256
ME0257
ME0258
ME0259
ME0260
ME0261
ME0262
ME0263
ME0264
ME0265
ME0266
ME0267
ME0268
ME0269
ME0270
ME0280
ME0289
ME0290
ME0291
ME0292
ME0297
ME0330
ME0331
ME0333
ME0334
ME0340
ME0341
ME0343
ME0346
ME0347
ME0433
ME0438
ME0439
ME0440
ME0441
ME0442
ME0448
ME0450
ME0457
MF614
MIM800
MIM801
MIO800
MK300
MR601TEx
MR614
MU601Ex
MUBEx
NT0030
P131A
P132A
P2R
P2RK
P4R
PA0278
PA0443
PA0453
PA0454
PA0461
PA0463
PA0469
PA0470
PA0471
PA0473
PA0474
PA0475
PA0479
PA0480
PA0481
PA0482
PA0483
FP1600 Key Switch Loom

37
Sounder Notification Module
19
System Sensor Laser Detector
30
Test Magnet with telescoping handle
11
MX Module Cover
20
FV300 Mounting Bracket
75
Collective I.S. R-O-R Heat Detector
77
Collective I.S. Fixed Temp Heat Detector
77
Collective I.S. CO & Heat Detector
77
F3200/F4000 Display Door 1901-79
39
IOR Cabinet
28,38
Dynamic Mic for QE90/ECP9002 - DIN plug 53
20U IP65 Cabinet
38
21U 310 deep QE90 cabinet
38
18U 135 deep cabinet
38
38
38
38
38
38
1U Document Tray (135 deep)
38
1U Document Tray (310 deep)
38
20U 310 deep IP65 S/S cabinet
38
21U 310 deep QE90 cabinet
38
18U 135 deep cabinet blank door
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
30U 310 deep IP65 cabinet
38
38
T-GEN 50 1U Ctrl Pnl incl sw, loom & hware 59
Dynamic Mic for T-GEN/QE90/ECP9702 53,59
T-GEN 50 Auto/Isol/Evac switch & brkt
59
T-GEN 50 Empty Box Keyed 003
38,59
QE90/T-GEN A/I/E Sw incl loom & con 57,59
PSU2406 24V 6A Brick for QE90
66
PSU2406 24V 6A 2U mounting
66
PSU2412 24V 12A 2U mount for QE90
66
PSU2406F 24V 6A Brick F4000
66
PSU2406 24V 6A 2U mounting F4000
66
38
PSU2412F 24V 12A 2U mount F4000
66
PSU1206G 12V 6A Brick
66
PSU1212G 12V 12A Brick
66
T/Evac & Silence Alarm Sw on plate
16,34
44
44
44
44
44
MX1 PSU Assembly
15
MX1 Replacement Door
15
MX1 4U 5x zone LED Display Inner Door
39
614I Ionisation Smoke Detector
8
MX Addressable Mini Input Module
19
MX Addressable Mini Input Module N/C
19
MX Addressable Multi I/O Module
19
FV300 Field Spares Kit
75
Collect. Optical Smoke Detector ATEX app
77
Collective Photoelectric Smoke Detector
8
Collective CO EEx ia IIC T5
77
Ex Universal Base
78
M6 Cage Nut
38
130 series Photoelectric smoke detector
30
130 series Laser smoke detector
30
Spectralert 2-wire Horn/Strobe Red
60
Spectralert 2-wire Horn/Strobe Red Outdoor 60
Spectralert 4-wire Horn/Strobe Red
60
Battery Monitor 1616-29 12/24V
37
Contact Conversion Module
12
Relay Responder Module 1901-15
16,27
16-Way LED Display PCB (24V)
46
16-Way Relay/Mimic Driver PCB
46
F4000 Loop Booster PCB 1901-35
16,28
12V Bell Monitor PCB
59
16-Way Relay PCB
27,28,29,46
ASE Local Display Unit Control Board
46
IOR PCB 32 in/32 out 1901-72
16,27
32-Way Input Termination PCB
27,28,29
32-Way Output Termination PCB
27,28,29
16-Way Input Termination PCB
27,29
16-Way Output Termination PCB
27,29,46
RZDU to RS232 I/F PCB
16,28,29,56
F4000 Mem/LCD I/F Board
16
IOR Unprotected Terminal PCB
27,28,29,56
Page
Page 95
Index
Stockcode
Product Description
PA0488
PA0489
PA0494
PA0497
PA0498
PA0639
PA0640
PA0642
PA0643
PA0646
PA0647
PA0648
PA0649
PA0650
PA0651
PA0652
PA0653
PA0657
PA0688
PA0689
PA0690
PA0691
PA0692
PA0695
PA0696
PA0697
PA0698
PA0700
PA0702
PA0703
PA0711
PA0712
PA0713
PA0717
PA0729
PA0730
PA0751
PA0753
PA0758
PA0759
PA0766
PA0769
PA0773
PA0787
PA0790
PA0792
PA0794
PA0795
PA0796
PA0802
PA0803
PA0804
PA0813
PA0815
PA0838
PA0839
PA0844
PA0854
PA0861
PA0862
PA0868
PA0878
PA0880
PA0886
PA0890
PA0891
PA0893
PA0916
PA1010
PA1011
PA1022
PA1025
PA1026
PA1034
PA1036
PA1038
PA1040S
PA1048
PSH-12100
RIM800
RTS451
RTS451KEY
S231f+
S231i+
S232f+
S261f+
S271f+
S271i+
S300RTU
16-Way LED Display Board (12V)

46
16-Way Relay PCB incl. FRC (12V)
46
Bell Monitor Board
59
F4000 ADR 4mA detector current
16,26
IO-NET Controller PCB
28
PCB ECM9603
36
TPI PCB only
34
QE90 WIP Slave 0V ref WIPS2000 PCB
57
PCB ECP9701
57
QE90 Audio Line Isol ALIN9706 PCB
58
QE90 200W Amp Module AMP200
55
QE90 200W Transformer TRAN200 PCB
55
QE90 SEC panel I/F SPIF9709 PCB
56
QE90 4 Zone Pwr Amp EAMP9001 PCB
55
QE90 FIP/BGA Master FIB8910 PCB
58
QE90 FIP/BGA Ext FIPE9004 PCB
58
QE90 Disp/Kybd 3WIP/Z EMSP8911-2
57
QE90 Signal I/F SE9004 PCB
56
QE90 Strobe Terminator STBT9008 PCB
55
QE90 WIP Flashing LED WLED9307 PCB 54,57
QE90 2x50W Amp HAMP9308 PCB
55
QE90 2x50W Txfrmr HTRN9308-1 PCB
55
QE90 1x100W Txfrmr HTRN9308-1 PCB 55
QE90 2x50W Music Txfrmr HTMS9408-2 55
QE90 1x100W Music Txfrmr HTMS9408-2 55
QE90 Strobe/Relay STRM9502 PCB
58
QE90 Comm Module ECM9603 PCB
58
IO-NET Programmer PCB
28,29
FP1600 Mimic Term Board
6,37
PCB F3200 Remote I/F
36
RS485 Comms PCB Plug-on 1901-139-116,35
RS485 Comms to RS232 PCB
35
MPR PCB 1901-141
16,26
Protocol Translation Module
36
12V General Purpose Relay PCB
36
24V General Purpose Relay PCB
36
F4000 Mainboard no s/w
16
PCB PFD 16 Alarm LED
16
QE90 Mux. 16s EMUX9601 PCB
58
QE90 Mux. 60s EMUX9601 PCB
58
T-Gen50 PCB, ISO 8201, Aust speech
59
16W Unprot Term Bd c/w resistors 27,28,29
RS485 Comms PCB FRC
16,35,36
FP1600 Mimic Display
37
ECM9603 I/O PCB
34,36
QE90 4x25W TRAN9705-2 PCB
56
56
QE90 4x10W Amp TRAN9706-1 PCB
56
56
SGD Multi-drop 4 wire
46
SGD Multi-drop 2 wire
46
PCB NLDU Controller no s/w
36
PCB 1966-1-2 PSU 12/24 MON/TERM
66
ADR-M 4mA 15V MCP 1901-116
16
ZAU401
33,78
ECM9603 Panel-Link I-HUB PCB
35
F4000 ADR-M 2.5mA 3k3 EOL
16,26
1948 PSU 24V 2A PCB
69
Sigma 5 GP Brigade I/F 1922-43 PCB
37,46
SGD GP 1924-25 PCB & Loom FP1600 37,46
PCB 1931-110 CMOS RS-232 I/F
35
PCB 1931-118 CMOS/TTL Signal Splitter 35
PCB 1931-119 DB25 to 10-way FRC
35
T-Gen50 PCB, Bell, Aust speech, no tone
59
MX448 LCD/Keyboard Module
16
F4000 AS1603 LCD/Keyboard Module
16
MX4428 MXP Responder PCB only
16,26
QE90 WIP Termination WTRM2000 PCB
57
MX1 LCD/Keyboard PCB 1982-1
15
MX1 Controller Main PCB 1982-2
15
Indi-Vigil PCB 1961-36
12
Mini-Gen Mk2 12V
5,59
Mini-Gen Mk2 24V
59
SAFE/Bencoda/Mk10 SGD PCB 1963-151 46
Super SGD PCB
47
MXP Loop Filter PCB
23
MX4428 Main Board Complete Assy
16
LED/RZDU PCB 1901-289
37
Battery 12V 10.5Ah
66
MX Addressable Relay Input Module
19
Remote test station to initiate the sens. test 82
Remote test station with key lock
82
Triple IR Flame Det+Collective cct I/F Exd
74
Triple IR Flame Det + Collective I/F Ex ia
74
Triple IR Flame Det. + Coll. Zone I/F Exd
74
Triple IR Flame Det. Relay Outputs Exd
74
Triple IR Flame Det. Relay Outputs Exd MX
74
Triple IR Flame Det. Relay Outputs I.S. MX
74
300 Series Remote Test Unit
10
Page 96
Page
Stockcode
Product Description
Page
S300RPTU
S300SAT
SAM800
SAB801
SC0058
SF0144
SF0145
SF0165
SF0179
SF0217
SF0218
SF0220
SF0239
SF0349
SF0398
SF0409
SM0031
SM0247
SM0248
SM0278
SM0279
SNM800
SP0424
SP0425
SR
SRALM612
SRK
SRSPR4S
SRSPRGFA4S
SS0106
SS0107
SS0108
SS0109
SS0200
SS0201
SS0203
SS0205
SS0300
SS0323
SS0324
SS0697
SS0698
SS0699
SS0777
SS0778
SSM246
STI-CIS
SU0159
SU0168
SU0169
SU0256
SW
SW0012
SW0018
SW0078
SW0093
SW0117
T131A
T4E100X
T4E110NC
T4E145X
T4E60X
T4E90X
TSP-CD6
VHH-100
VHX-0200
VIC-010
VIC-020
VLC-500
VLC-505
VLC-600
VLC-800MX
VLF-250-02
VLF-500-02
VLP-000
VLP-001
VLP-002
VLP-012
VLP-400
VLS-200
VLS-204
VLS-214
VLS-300
VLS-304
VLS-314
VLS-600
VLS-700
VRT-100
VRT-200
Remote Programmable Test Unit Series 300 10

Satellite Test Unit Series 300
10
MX Sounder Addressable Module
20
MX Sounder Addressable Beacon
19
M6 P/H Pozi Screw
38
Software MODBUS Bridge V1.02
35
Software NLDU V2.03
36
Software PMB V1.22
36
Software RDU V2.12
45
Software OMEGA 64 V3.01 Master
6
Software OMEGA 64 V3.01 Slave
6
Software MODBUS Bridge IO-NET V2.01
35
IO-NET Controller Software V2.01
28,29
Software MX4428 V3.21N
16
ASE-Net Software License
47
ASE-Net Software Installation on Client PC
47
F4000 LCD Keyboard Overlay
16
V-Modem Special 6 I/P
34
V-Modem Special 6 O/P
34
V-Modem Special 6 I/P F/O
34
V-Modem Special 6 O/P F/O
34
MX Addressable Sounder Notification Module 20
FP1600 Empty Cab R/S
6,37,38
FP1600 Empty Cab F/S
6,37,38
Spectralert Strobe, Wall mnt, Red
60
Bell 12V 150mm
64
Spectralert Strobe, Wall mnt, Red, Outdoor 60
100mm 100V Ceiling Speaker
63
Grille for 100mm 100V Ceiling Speaker
63
ST-1.5 Sample Tube 1-3 foot
11
ST-3 Sample Tube 2-4 foot
11
ST-5 Sample Tube 4-8 foot
11
ST-10 Sample Tube 8-12 foot 2pc Item
11
MOD400R Field Sensitivity Tool
10
MOD45R Replacement Cord
10
RA400Z Remote LED Ind with Zener
11
RTS451 Remote Test Station
11
B401 Base System Sensor
11
1151 Ionisation Smoke Detector
10
2151 Photoelectric Smoke Detector
10
T131A Thermal Detector
30
P131A Photoelectric Smoke Detector
30
C131A Ionisation Smoke Detector
30
Z131A Analogue Base
31
Z132A Analogue Base with Sounder
31
Bell 24Vdc System Sensor
64
Speech Intelligibility Analyser & TALKBox kit 54
Thermal Cutout 10A
6
Gooseneck Microphone
53
Desktop Microphone
53
MX Loop Tester AC Plug Pack
23
Spectralert Strobe, Wall mnt, White
60
Switch Bulgin Trial Evacuation incl. key
33
Switch 3 Pos Key
33,59
Switch Bulgin 2P2T Trial Evac
33
Switch Bulgin Silence Alarm
33,37
Switch Bulgin 1P2T SM320/D incl. key
33
130 Series Heat Detector
30
T54B Point Type Heat Detector - 100C
78
T54B Point Type Heat Det - 110C N/C
78
78
78
78
TSP Technical CD Issue 6, Spring 2008
1
Hand Held Programmer Plus Leads
72
PC Link HLI Plus Leads (Mk2)
72
VLF VESDANet I/F PCB
70
VLF Relay Expansion PCB
70
LaserCOMPACT
70
VESDA LaserCOMPACT + VESDAnet I/F
70
Simplex TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT
70
MX LaserCOMPACT
22,70
LaserFOCUS
70
LaserFOCUS
70
LaserPLUS Detector
70
LaserPLUS Detector and Programmer
70
LaserPLUS Detector + Display
70
LaserPLUS Det+Programmer+Display
70
LaserPLUS Detector with Fire/Ok LED
70
FD7 Scanner
71
FD7 Scanner + Display
71
FD7 Scanner + Programmer + Display
71
FD12 Scanner
71
FD12 Scanner + Display
71
FD12 Scanner + Programmer + Display
71
FD7 LaserPLUS Scanner+Fire OK LED
71
FD12 LaserPLUS Scanner+Fire OK LED
71
Remote Programmer
71
Remote Display Including 7 Relays
71
Stockcode
Product Description
Page
VRT-300
VRT-400
VRT-600
VRT-700
VRT-800
VRT-J00
VRT-K00
VSP-001
VSP-002
VSP-004
VSP-005
VSP-006
VSP-008
VSP-009
VSP-014
VSP-015
VSP-019
VSP-025
VSP-509
VSR-0
VSR-1
VSR-2
VSR-2000
VSR-2210
VSR-2221
VSR-2222
VSR-3
VSR-4
VSR-5
VSR-6
VSR-7
VSR-8
VSR-9
VSR-CUSTOM
VSR-E
VSR-J
VSR-K
VSR-V
VSR-W
VSW-002
VSW-004
VSW-005
WA0008
WA1000
WA1002
WH300
WT300
X461
X500
X60
X61
X62
X65
X66
X811
XL GRAPHICS
Z131A
Z132A
Remote VESDAnet Socket

71
Remote Scan Display Incl 7 Relays
71
Remote Detector Display - No Relays
71
Remote Scanner Display - No Relays
71
Remote Scanner Display with 12 Relays
71
LaserCOMPACT Remote Disp+7 Relays
71
LaserCOMPACT Rem. Display w/o I/F Relays 71
Programmer (Spare)
72
Detector Display (Spare)
72
Scanner Display (Spare)
72
Filter Cartridge (Spare)
72
Spare Detector Chassis + Manif
72
Spare Remote Termination card 7 relays
72
Spare Scanner Chassis + Manifold
72
Spare Header Termination card 7 relays
72
Spare Aspirator Fan
72
LaserPLUS Filter Cover Door (Spare)
72
Filter Cartridge VSP-005 pkt of 20
72
9 Pin M/F lead for VESDA HLI VHX-0200
72
LaserPLUS Blank Sub Unit
72
Programmer sub-unit
72
Destector display sub-unit
72
19 Subrack with 1 Detector Display + 3 Blanks 72
19 Subrack Detector Disp. Prog. &1 blank 72
19 Subrack with 3 Detector Disp. & Prog.
72
19 Sub Rack with 4 Detector Displays
72
VESDANet Socket
72
SCANNER Display sub-unit+7 relays
72
Blank sub-unit with 7 relays
72
SCANNER with RTC no relay
72
SCANNER Display with RTC 7 relay
72
SCANNER Display with RTC 12 relays
72
Display relay processor RTC 12 relays
72
Custom Sub-Rack incl custom 4 VSU sub rack 72
Blank scanner sub-unit 7 relays
72
COMPACT Display sub-unit 7 relay
72
COMPACT Display RTC no relays
72
FOCUS Display RTC 7 relays
72
FOCUS Display RTC no relays
72
ASPIRE for Windows design software
72
VConfig Basic software
72
VConfigPro software
72
M6 Flat Washer
38
Wire Guard for PULNIX Bell 200x85
33
WIre Guard for SS Detector 120x90
33
FV300 Weather Hood
75
FV300 Walk Test Tool
75
SOLO Heat Detector Tester
86
Tyco Test Smoke 125g
86
Brandax KS Smoke Cartridge 430g
86
Brandax VS Smoke Emitter 60g
86
Ventilax Smoke Emitter 18g
86
Splintex Smoke Matches
86
Miniax Smoke Cartridge 3g
86
Smoke Detector Tester Kit
86
XL Graphics
48
130 Series Base
31
130 series addressable sounder base
31
Product Index
Product / Category
Page Reference
130 Series Addressable Detector, Base .......................................... 30, 31

130 Series Addressable Module ........................................................ 32
130 Series Manual Call Point............................................................... 31
ALPHA 4 Fire Panel................................................................................... 5
AS1668 Fan Control ............................................................................... 43
ASE-Net Monitoring System ................................................................. 47, 48
AVI Signs....................................................................................................... 65
Batteries ........................................................................................................ 66
Beam Type Smoke Detector ................................................................. 82
Bell................................................................................................................... 64
Brigade Interface Equipment ................................................................ 46
Cabinets......................................................................................................... 38
Cables & Looms ......................................................................................... 40, 41, 42
Conventional Detectors .......................................................................... 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
Conventional Fire Panel........................................................................... 5, 6, 7
Detector Accessories ............................................................................... 10, 33
Detector Base.............................................................................................. 11, 24, 25, 27, 31
Detector Test Equipment........................................................................ 10, 20, 23, 86, 87
Detectors....................................................................................................... 8,9,10,12,21,22,30,31,70,71,74,75,76,77, 78,80,82,83
Display Units................................................................................................ 36, 37, 39, 45, 47, 48, 49
Duct Sampling Unit................................................................................... 11,12, 22, 31
EWIS Accessories...................................................................................... 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 61, 62, 63, 66
EWIS Control Panel................................................................................... 52
Fan Control................................................................................................... 43
Fire Wire ........................................................................................................ 82, 83
Flame Detector........................................................................................... 74, 75, 76, 78
FP1600 Fire Panel.................................................................................... 6, 7
Functional Detector Base ....................................................................... 24, 25, 31
Gas Control Panel ...................................................................................... 44
Graphics ........................................................................................................ 48, 49
Horn Speaker............................................................................................... 62, 64
I-HUB............................................................................................................... 35
Intrinsically Safe Barrier........................................................................... 79
Intrinsically Safe Detectors..................................................................... 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 80, 88
IO-NET ............................................................................................................ 28, 29
Key Switches ............................................................................................... 33, 34
Looms and Cables..................................................................................... 40, 41, 42
Manual Call Point & Acc.......................................................................... 14, 22, 31, 81
Marine Fire Panel & Acc.......................................................................... 50, 51
MODBUS Bridge........................................................................................ 35, 36
Monitoring System ................................................................................... 47, 48
MX Addressable Detector & Base....................................................... 21, 22, 24, 25
MX Addressable Manual Call Point .................................................... 22
MX Addressable Module........................................................................ 18, 19, 20
MX1 Fire Panel ........................................................................................... 15
MX4428 Fire Panel.................................................................................. 16, 17, 26, 28
Network Interface PCB ............................................................................ 35
Power Supply Unit..................................................................................... 66, 67, 68, 69
Probe Type Detector................................................................................. 78
Protocol Translation Module ................................................................. 36
QE90 EWIS Panel & Acc ........................................................................ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 61, 62, 63
Remote Annunciators.............................................................................. 45
Remote Indicator ....................................................................................... 33
Responders .................................................................................................. 26, 27
RS485 Interface PCB............................................................................... 35
SIGMA 5 Fire Panel................................................................................... 5
Speakers & Sounders............................................................................... 62, 63, 64
Special Hazard Detection ....................................................................... 74, 75, 76, 78, 88
Speech Intelligibility Meter .................................................................... 54
Sprinkler Interface ..................................................................................... 37
Strobe............................................................................................................. 60, 61, 62
Telepager Interface ................................................................................... 34
Test Equipment .......................................................................................... 10, 20, 23, 86, 87
Tone Generator........................................................................................... 59
VESDA Accessories, Pipe & Fittings................................................... 72, 73
VESDA Detectors ...................................................................................... 22, 70, 71
VIGIL Heat Detector.................................................................................. 12
Vigilant Panel Accessories ..................................................................... 33, 34
WIP Phone.................................................................................................... 54
Page 97

1. GENERAL
(a) In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
Agreement means this agreement together with Tycos quotation and credit approval and/or guarantee
provided by the Customer to Tyco.
Credit Arrangement means the credit terms available to Customer pursuant to an application by Customer
for the provision of Goods on credit submitted to Tyco using Tycos standard credit application form and
accepted in writing by Tyco (referred to as the Confidential Credit Application and Agreement);
Customer means the party to whom Tyco has agreed to supply Goods pursuant to the Agreement;
Goods means the goods and/or services agreed to be supplied by Tyco and purchased by Customer
pursuant to the Agreement;
GST means the tax payable under the Goods and Services Tax Act 1985 or, if that Act does not exist means
any Act imposing or relating to the imposition or administration of a goods and services tax in New Zealand
and any regulation made under that Act;
Guarantee means the guarantee document provided by Customer or Customers directors, shareholders or
principals to Tyco to guarantee the performance of the Agreement by Customer;
Proprietary Information means any and all information and intellectual property relating to the Goods or
the installation or operation of the Goods including but not limited to patents, designs, drawings, instruction
booklets, specifications, circuit drawings, componentry, trade secrets, trade marks and copyright in such
information and intellectual property;
Purchase Order means the written purchase order by Customer to Tyco for the supply of the Goods;
Tyco means [insert Tyco company] trading as [insert trading name].
Tyco Group means that group of companies that has as its ultimate parent Tyco International Ltd.
(b) This Agreement records the entire arrangement between the parties relating to the matters dealt with
in this Agreement and supersedes all previous arrangements, understandings or representations whether
written, oral or both, relating to these matters.
2. QUOTATIONS AND PURCHASE ORDERS
(a) Subject to the paragraph (b) below, and unless Tyco has withdrawn its quotation, the Customer may
make an order under that quotation for a period of 30 days from the date of issue or as otherwise specified
in the quotation. Prices given in any quotation by Tyco are applicable to that quotation only, and will not
apply in any other instances. A quotation from Tyco is not an offer to sell.
(b) In order to purchase the Goods, Customer must place with Tyco a Purchase Order setting out an order
number, Tycos quotation number (if applicable), full description of the Goods to be purchased, the delivery
date, delivery point and any other information required by Tyco. The Purchase Order may be accepted or
rejected by Tyco at Tycos sole discretion.
(c) A contract shall be formed by and upon Tyco accepting from Customer a Purchase Order pursuant to
the clause immediately above and each contract shall be governed by the Agreement.
(d) Any conditions or terms of purchase submitted by Customer deviating from or inconsistent with the
Agreement will not bind Tyco, notwithstanding any statement by Customer in its Purchase Order that its
terms and conditions prevail over the Agreement.
(e) Where the Goods to be supplied contain raw materials, the price and availability of which is
unpredictable (eg PVC, copper, steel), and there is a lack of available such raw material either to enable Tyco
to supply the Goods or to supply the Goods at the price stated in the Purchase Order, Tyco may, at its sole
option:
(i) expend additional time to make reasonable efforts to attempt to locate raw material, and if raw
material cannot be located, serve notice of immediate termination of the Purchase Order under the
Agreement; or
(ii) endeavour to reach agreement with Customer on an increase in the purchase price for the Goods,
and if agreement cannot be reached, serve notice of immediate termination of the Purchase Order under
the Agreement; or
(iii) serve notice of immediate termination of the Purchase Order under the Agreement.
In neither case shall Tyco have any liability to Customer as a result of such termination, but Customer shall
pay to Tyco the purchase price of Goods actually supplied or to be supplied under the Purchase Order under
the Agreement.
3. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE
(a) Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Tyco accepts Purchase Orders subject to the condition that
Customer agrees to pay the purchase price appearing on Tycos price list for those Goods current as at the
date that Tyco accepts the Purchase Order.
(b) A copy of Tycos price list for the Goods is available on request. All prices on Tycos price list are subject
to alteration without notice.
(c) The total purchase price, unless otherwise stated in the Purchase Order, includes GST but does not
include any delivery charges, packaging, freight, assembly costs, installation costs, costs and charges of
third party suppliers such as electricians, insurance or any statutory, sales, excise, or other taxes, duties
or imposts, all of which may be added to the purchase price or otherwise will be paid by Customer or
reimbursed by Customer to Tyco, as Tyco may elect.
(d) The Customer shall pay the amount set out in the invoice issued by Tyco in accordance with the
payment terms set out in the Customers credit approval (as may be amended by Tyco in writing from time
to time in its sole discretion), or in the absence of specified payment terms within 30 days of the date of the
invoice.
(e) If the Customer fails to pay the full amount on the due date Tyco may charge, and the Customer
must pay, interest calculated daily on any monies which are overdue at the rate of 4% per annum over the
Westpac Indicator Lending Rate as quoted from time to time. Any payment subsequently voided by any
statutory entitlement shall be deemed to the extent of such voidance not be have been made.
(f) Customer must not set off any money owing or alleged to be owing by Tyco against money due by
Customer to Tyco.
(g) Customer acknowledges that Tyco is a member of the Tyco Group. Customer agrees that Tyco and/or
any other Tyco Group company is entitled to exercise a right of set off to the extent Customer is indebted
to Tyco or to any Tyco Group company against any monies due by Tyco to Customer or any Tyco Group
company on this or any other account.
4. CANCELLATION OF ORDERS
Customer may not alter or cancel a Purchase Order without Tycos prior written consent. If Tyco agrees to
alter or cancel the Purchase Order, Customer will indemnify Tyco against any loss, damage and expense
incurred by Tyco in relation to the alteration or cancellation of that Purchase Order, including the cost of
return freight, return shipping to factory of origin, items purchased from third parties for inclusion in the
Goods and all labour and engineering costs incurred by Tyco in the execution or part execution of the Goods
and including compensation payable to any of Tycos suppliers and loss of profit.
5. RETURN OF GOODS AND CREDITS
(a) Customer is deemed to have accepted the Goods unless it makes a claim in accordance with the
clause immediately below.
(b) Customer may reject any Goods that are wrongly supplied or oversupplied by notifying Tyco of the
claim and providing full particulars of the claim in writing within 5 days of receipt of those Goods. Tyco may
dispute any such claim.
(c) Goods referred to in the clause immediately above may be returned to Tyco for credit if all of the
following is complied with:
(i) the Goods are returned to Tycos premises by prior arrangement and with Tycos written approval
within 7 days of delivery, at no cost to Tyco, unless delivered as the result of an administrative error by Tyco,
in which case Tyco will bear the cost of return;
(ii) the Goods are accompanied by a dispatch note stating Tycos original invoice number and reason
for return; and
Page 98
(iii) the Goods are returned in an unsoiled, undamaged and resaleable condition in their original
packing.
(d) Customer must not return any Goods to Tyco unless it has complied with the two clauses immediately
above and has done all things necessary to permit Tyco to examine the Goods to Tycos satisfaction within
that period.
6. DELIVERY AND STORAGE
(a) All quoted delivery or consignment dates are estimates only. Tyco is not obliged to meet such dates
and will not be liable to Customer by reason of delays caused by any reason whatsoever.
(b) Tyco is deemed to have delivered the Goods when the Goods are made available to Customer for
physical collection by or on behalf of Customer at Customers nominated delivery point (Delivery). Any
unloading or loading shall be Customers responsibility, unless Tyco otherwise agrees in writing.
(c) Tyco may deliver the Goods by instalments (where, in Tycos opinion, this is reasonable) and issue
interim invoices to Customer.
(d) Without limiting any other provision of the Agreement, failure by Customer to pay any instalment, or
any other amount when due, will entitle Tyco to withhold or delay delivery of any remaining Goods ordered.
(e) If Customer is unable to collect the Goods at Customers nominated delivery point on the delivery
day, Tyco may (at its option and without limiting its other rights and remedies) arrange suitable storage
of the Goods, whether at its premises or elsewhere, and Customer must pay or reimburse all costs and
expenses of storage, insurance, demurrage, handling and other charges associated with such storage.
Notwithstanding Customers inability to collect the Goods, Delivery is deemed to have occurred.
7. TITLE AND RISK
(a) Title to the Goods shall remain with Tyco until all monies owing by Customer to Tyco have been paid in
full (whether such monies are payable under a specific contract or on any other account).
(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, the Customer acknowledges and agrees to the following:
(i) This Agreement creates and/or provides for an interest or interests in favour of Tyco in the Goods
supplied by Tyco under this Agreement which will constitute a security interest in the Goods and the
proceeds of sale of such Goods under the Personal Property Securities Act 1999 (PPSA).
(ii) Customer will, upon request by Tyco, enter into a security agreement, in a form provided by Tyco,
pursuant to which Tyco will maintain a first priority (or such other priority as Tyco agrees in writing) security
interest in the Goods and the proceeds of such Goods. The Customer shall act immediately in this regard
when requested by Tyco and at the Customers own cost.
(iii) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Customer waives any rights it may have now or in the
future to receive a copy of any verification statement or other confirmation related to the interests created or
provided for by, or perfected in the manner contemplated by, this Agreement.
(b) Until such time as Customer has paid in full all monies owing to Tyco, Customer shall:
(i) store the Goods separately and mark them so that they are clearly and easily identifiable as Tycos
property and, if Supplier requests, inform Tyco of the location of the Goods;
(ii) hold the Goods as bailee for Tyco, subject to Customers right to deal with the Goods in the ordinary
course of Customers business (Bailment);
(iii) indemnify Tyco against any claim arising out of the possession, use or disposal of the Goods by
Customer or repossession or attempted repossession by Tyco.
(c) If:
(i) a payment is not made in accordance with the Agreement;
(ii) ustomer commits any other breach of the Agreement;
(iii) Customer becomes bankrupt, has an administrator, a receiver or a receiver and manager
appointed, goes into liquidation (whether voluntarily or otherwise), or is wound up, dissolved or declared
insolvent,
then Tyco may at any time, without notice to Customer and without prejudice to any other rights that it may
have against Customer:
(i) terminate the Agreement and the Bailment;
(ii) suspend some or all its obligations to Customer under the Agreement; and/or
(iii) enter upon any premises owned or occupied by Customer where Tyco reasonably believes the
Goods may be stored and repossess the Goods without being liable for any damages caused.
(d) If Customer sells the Goods before payment in full to Tyco, or uses the Goods in a manufacturing
or construction process of its own or some third party, Customer holds the proceeds on trust for Tyco in
respect of those Goods, and must keep such proceeds in a separate account until the liability to Tyco is
discharged and must immediately pay that amount to Tyco.
(e) The risk in the Goods passes to Customer at the time of Delivery.
8. INSURANCE
Customer must keep the Goods insured against all risks for Goods of that kind from the time the risk in
the Goods passes to Customer until the time that title to the Goods passes to Customer. Customer holds
the proceeds of that insurance on trust for Tyco up to the amount it owes Tyco in respect of those Goods,
and must keep such proceeds in a separate account until the liability to Tyco is discharged and must
immediately pay that amount to Tyco.
9. WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
(a) Tyco makes no warranties or representations to Customer, and all warranties implied by law are
excluded.
(b) Tyco warrants the Goods to be free from defects in workmanship and materials under normal use
and service for a period of 1 calendar year from the Delivery (Warranty Period). This warranty does not
cover costs of recovery of the Goods from the site or damage, fault, failure or malfunction due to external
causes including accident, abuse, misuse, mechanical or electrical overload, abrasion, corrosion, incorrect
installation, failure to perform required preventative maintenance or normal wear and tear.
(c) During the Warranty Period, to the extent permitted by law, Customers sole remedy with respect
to breach of warranties set out in the clause immediately above will be to repair or replace (as Tyco may
elect) any such defective Goods at Tycos expense. The replacement or repaired Goods shall be covered
by the unexpired portion of the Warranty Period in respect of the original Goods or for a period of 90 days,
whichever is the greater.
(d) For equipment forming part of the Goods, which equipment is not manufactured by Tyco, the original
manufacturers warranty will apply. Tycos liability for such equipment shall not exceed the liability of the
manufacturer.
(e) In respect of Goods that are not ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use or
consumption, the liability of Tyco for a breach of any condition or warranty implied by law is limited at Tycos
option to the repair the Goods or supply replacement Goods.
(f) Tycos liability under the Agreement will be reduced by the amount of any contributory loss or damage
to the extent caused by Customers act or omission.
(g) Customer acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent permitted by law, Tyco has no liability in
contract, tort (including negligence or breach of statutory duty), by statute or otherwise for loss or damage
(whether direct or indirect) of profits, opportunity, revenue, goodwill, bargain, production, contracts,
business or anticipated savings, corruption or destruction of data or for any indirect, special or consequential
loss or damage whatsoever.
(h) All guarantees, warranties and conditions expressed or implied by statute, law or otherwise, including
without limitation, any guarantees, warranties or conditions relating to the quality, merchantability or fitness
for purpose of the Goods are excluded to the fullest permitted by law. The Customer acknowledges and
agrees that to the extent it is acquiring the Goods under this Agreement for the purposes of a business, as
defined in the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 shall not apply to this
Agreement.
(h) Tycos total liability under any contract and the Agreement shall not exceed the total dollar amount of
the Goods purchased by Customer under each contract.

10. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
(a) Customer acknowledges that all Proprietary Information and all right, title and interest therein are
the sole property of or licensed by Tyco and Customer shall gain no right, title or interest in the Proprietary
Information whatsoever. Customer specifically acknowledges Tycos exclusive rights to ownership of
any modification, translation or adaptation of the Proprietary Information and any other improvement or
development based thereon, whether developed, supplied, installed or paid for by or on behalf of Customer
or any buyer of Customer or otherwise.
(b) Customer must not and must not permit any person reasonably within its control nor procure any
person to modify, copy, clone or reverse engineer the Goods, or copy, modify or decompile any of Tycos
documentation relating to the Goods.
11. EXPORT/RE-EXPORT/RESALE
(a) The Goods supplied are intended for use only in New Zealand, unless Tyco otherwise agrees. If
Customer exports or re-exports the Goods, it is Customers responsibility to ensure that the Goods and the
use to which they are put comply with the laws of the destination.
(b) Customer acknowledges that the Goods purchased by Customer may not be sold, leased or otherwise
transferred to or utilised by a terrorist organisation, a party listed on the (US) Denied Persons List or by
an end-user engaged in activities related to weapons of mass destruction, including but not limited to
activities related to design, development, production or use of nuclear materials, nuclear facilities or nuclear
weapons, missiles or support of missile projects, or chemical or biological weapons.
(c) If the Purchaser resells the Goods, it shall not, in connection with their resale, pay or offer to pay, money
or any thing of value to any government official, entity or organization, any political party, any candidate for
public office, or their employees or relatives, for the purpose of influencing purchasing decisions or for any
other improper purpose.
12. MISCELLANEOUS
(a) The fact that Tyco fails to do, or delays in doing, something it is entitled to do under the Agreement,
does not amount to a waiver of its right to do it. Tyco must agree in writing to any waiver.
(b) If a clause or part of a clause can be read in a way that makes it illegal, unenforceable or invalid, but
can also be read in a way that makes it legal, enforceable and valid, it must be read in the latter way. If any
clause or part of a clause is illegal, unenforceable or invalid, that clause or part is to be treated as removed
from the Agreement, but the rest of the Agreement is not affected.
(c) Tyco shall not be liable for any failure to fulfil or any delay in fulfilling any obligation arising under the
Agreement if the failure or delay has been caused directly or indirectly by any act of God, war or other civil
commotion, strikes, lockouts, stoppages and restraints of labour, breakdown of machinery, inability to obtain
raw materials or fuel, fire or explosion, any government action or any other cause beyond Tycos reasonable
control and not as a consequence of Tycos negligence.
(d) Any notice to be given to a party under the Agreement must be in writing and must be sent by
post, facsimile or email to the address of that party shown in the quotation, Purchase Order or order
acknowledgment. Notice is deemed to have been given at the time it would have been received in the
normal course of post if sent by post, or if otherwise given at the time it was actually received.
(e) The Agreement is governed by and must be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the New
Zealand. Customer unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New Zealand.
(f) Where there is more than one Customer then the liability of each shall be joint and several.
(g) The rights and remedies provided in the Agreement will not affect any other rights or remedies
available to Tyco.
(h) Customer shall not assign this Agreement without Tycos prior written consent. Any change in the
shareholding or effective control of the Customer shall constitute an assignment for the purposes of this
clause and shall require Tycos prior written consent to be effective.
Page 99
Tyco Safety Products New Zealand

6 Portage Road
PO Box 15492, New Lynn
Auckland
NEW ZEALAND
Phone: +64 9 826 1716
Fax: +64 9 827 2288
tsp.sales.nz@tycoint.com
Wormald Technical SupportFire Detection
Terry Kwa
Phone: +64 4 568 0122
Mobile: +64 27 279 0868
tkwa@tycoint.com
Customer Support Supervisor

Gemma Law
Phone: +64 9 826 1763
Mobile: +64 21 754 757
glaw@tycoint.com
Customer Support
Kaela Lowe
Jeny Azad
Phone: +64 9 826 1716
kalowe@tycoint.com
jazad@tycoint.com
Purchasing/Inventory Analyst
Matthew Worsley
Phone: +64 9 826 1752
Mobile: +64 2 765 46571
maworsley@tycoint.com
Accounts
Cecile Siosiua
Phone: +64 9 826 1717
csiosiua@tycoint.com
Tyco Safety Products

Christchurch Warehouse
60 Lunns Road
PO Box 1111
Christchurch New Zealand
Phone: +64 3 366 0780
Fax: +64 3 341 5028
Christchurch Warehouse Supervisor
Leon Rademaker
Phone: +64 3 341 8509
lrademaker@tycoint.com
Operations Manager
Louie Govindsamy
Mobile: +64 21 677 021
louiegov@tycoint.com
Tyco Safety Products Christchurch

17 Mary Muller Drive
Hillsborough
Christchurch 8022
NEW ZEALAND
Phone: +64 3 389 5096
Fax: +64 3 389 5938
P.O Box 19-545

Woolston
Christchurch 8241
NEW ZEALAND
Tyco Electronics Christchurch

(relating to TSP)
15 Mary Muller Drive
Hillsborough
Christchurch 8022
NEW ZEALAND
EWIS Upgrades
Les McHarg
Phone: +64 3 373 6342
Fax: +64 3 384 7337
les.mcharg@tycoelectronics.com
Product Manager
David Prosser
Phone: +64 3 940 2857
dprosser@tycoint.com
R & D Manager
Richard Cree
rcree@tycoint.com
Applications Engineering &

Product Support
David Sharp
Phone: +64 3 940 2864
dsharp@tycoint.com
Tyco Safety Products Australia

Regional Manager, Australia / New Zealand
Tyco Safety Products - Fire Detection
Geoff Fiala
137 McCredie Road
PO Box 568
Guildford NSW 2161
AUSTRALIA
Phone: +61 2 8718 2074
Fax: +61 2 8718 2111
Mobile: +61 414 723 036
gfiala@tycoint.com
Sales & Product Management
Joe Briganti
47 Gilby Road
Locked Bag 45
Mt. Waverley VIC 3149
AUSTRALIA
Phone: +61 3 9538 7220
Fax : +61 3 9538 7255
Mobile: +61 412 249 457
jbriganti@tycoint.com
Technical Support & Product Training

Stewart Gruneklee
47 Gilby Road
AUSTRALIA
Phone: +61 3 9538 7216
Fax : +61 3 9538 7255
Mobile: +61 412 814 176
sgruneklee@tycoint.com
Customer Support Supervisor

Josie Brighton
47 Gilby Road
AUSTRALIA
Phone: +61 3 9538 7220
Fax : +61 3 9538 7255
jbrighton@tycoint.com
Graphics, Intranet & SmartConfig

Licensing
Mark Wills
47 Gilby Road
AUSTRALIA
Phone: +61 3 9538 7215
Fax : +61 3 9538 7255
mwills@tycoint.com
Technical Projects, Standards & Codes

Kjell Jawerth
137 McCredie Road
Guildford NSW 2161
AUSTRALIA
Phone: +61 2 8718 2061
Fax : +61 2 8718 2111
Mobile: +61 411 092 537
kjawerth@tycoint.com
Training Management
Martyn Reynolds
47 Gilby Road
AUSTRALIA
Phone: +61 3 9538 7220
Fax : +61 3 9538 7255
mreynolds@tycoint.com
The right is reserved to modify or withdraw any

product or service without notice
New Zealand Fire Product Catalogue Issue 1
Tyco Safety Products 2004-2009
Simplex and Graphics Support

Tim Ulrich
137 McCredie Road
Guildford NSW 2161
AUSTRALIA
Phone: +61 2 8718 2032
Fax : +61 2 8718 2111
Mobile: +61 412 775 350
tulrich@tycoint.com

Safety Products: Fire Detection New Zealand Product Catalogue Issue 1

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Safety Products: Fire Detection New Zealand Product Catalogue Issue 1

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

tyco

Fire Detection Product Catalogue

Tyco Safety Products Web Site (The Fireplace) contains a

Features & Options

Programmable outputs for Warning

MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor analogue

SMARTSENSE and MX FASTLOGIC

Heat-enhanced photoelectric smoke

Heat detectors programmable as rateof-rise or fixed temperature only

Also compatible with Multi- Protocol

MPR supports Filtrex and high

Compatible with wide range of

Flow switch monitoring and remote

AS 1668 air-handling smoke detection

Powerful, field-programmable logic

Built-in clock/ calendar with automatic

Comprehensive test facilities

Integral charger (2.5A, 6A, 12A)

Complies with AS 4428.1 and

LCD Firefighter Facility (FF) and

LCD zone description text with optional

Event logging to internal history file and

Printer logging includes zone text and

Remote repeater panels, colour

Tandem mode for remote control

High level EWIS, BMS interface

Smoke/ CO detection only

Heat-enhanced smoke/ CO detection

Smoke/ CO plus heat detection

Heat-enhanced smoke/ CO plus heat

Heat-only detection can be fixed

smoke and heat-only detectors are also

For specific applications, ionisation

Fire Alarm Systems

Fire Detection - ANZ Region

Fire Detection and Evacuation Systems

TYCO EMPLOYEE USE ONLY

Tyco Safety Products have technical support

Fire Detection Product Catalogue

40 Looms and Cables

Fire Detection Product Catalogue

50 Marine Fire Panels

Fire Detection Product Catalogue

Fire Detection Product Catalogue

Conventional Fire Panels

SIGMA 5 is a microprocessor based fire alarm system that is simple to operate

Fire Detection Product Catalogue

Reliability is a major feature of FP1600s design. All

Fire Detection Product Catalogue

Rear Service Systems

Front Service Systems

32 Zone Rear Service (2 Cabinets)

32 Zone Front Service (2 Cabinets)

48 Zone Rear Service (3 Cabinets)

48 Zone Front Service (3 Cabinets)

64 Zone Rear Service (4 Cabinets)

64 Zone Front Service (4 Cabinets)

80 Zone Rear Service (5 Cabinets)

80 Zone Front Service (5 Cabinets)

96 Zone Rear Service (6 Cabinets)

96 Zone Front Service (6 Cabinets)

Fire Detection Product Catalogue

Conventional Detectors and Accessories